Avyakt murli for Friday 23 December 1994

Warning : Sentence alignment between two languages is based on the number of characters. It is therefore not perfectly reliable.

You can correct the sentence alignment yourself on part or all of the murli.
0> > > >123-12-94 23-12-94 23-12-94 23-12-94ओम ōm ōm Omशान्ति śhānti śhānti peaceअव्यक्त avyakt avyakt[adj.] avyaktबापदादामधुबन bāpadādāmadhuban x x

0> > 23-12-94 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban

2अपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownतीन tīn tīn[adj.] xस्वरूप svarūp svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] formसदा sadā sadā constantlyस्मृति smr̥iti smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] awarenessमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरहें rahē̃ rahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] remain[opt.pl.12hon3]- - - -1 1 1 1­ ­ ­ ­संगमयुगी saṅgamyugī saṅgamyugī[adj.] xब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmin, , , , 2 2 2 2­ ­ ­ ­ब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminसो sō sōnā[root]|sō (sleep[root]|x)फरिश्ता phariśhtā phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] angelऔर aur aur and3 3 3 3­ ­ ­ ­फरिश्ता phariśhtā phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] angelसो sō sōnā[root]|sō (sleep[root]|x)देवता dēvtā dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] deity

1CONSTANTLY KEEP YOUR THREE FORMS IN YOUR AWARENESS: 21) CONFLUENCE AGED BRAHMIN, 32) A BRAHMIN WHO IS TO BECOME AN ANGEL, 43) AN ANGEL WHO IS TO BECOME A DEITY.

3आज āj āj todayबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaचारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)तीन tīn tīn[adj.] xरूप rūp rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] Rupदेख रहे हैं dēkh rahē haĩ dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

5Today, BapDada is seeing the three forms of the children in all four directions.

4सबसे sabsē sabsē the mostश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedस्वरूप svarūp svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] formहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminऔर aur aur andब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminसो sō sōnā[root]|sō (sleep[root]|x)फरिश्ता phariśhtā phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] angelऔर aur aur andफरिश्ता phariśhtā phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] angelसो sō sōnā[root]|sō (sleep[root]|x)देवता dēvtā dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] deity. . . . 5ब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminस्वरूप svarūp svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] form, , , , फरिश्ता phariśhtā phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] angelस्वरूप svarūp svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] formऔर aur aur andदेवता dēvtā dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] deityस्वरूप svarūp svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] form. . . .

6The most elevated form is that of a Brahmin and then a Brahmin who is to become an angel, and then an angel who is to become a deity; the Brahmin form, the angelic form and the deity form.

6ब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminस्वरूप svarūp svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] formकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)विशेषता viśhēṣhtā viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] specialityसर्व sarv sarv[adj.] allशक्तियों śhaktiyō̃ śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] Shaktiसम्पन्न sampann sampann[adj.] fullस्वरूप svarūp svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] formकी है kī hai karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] do[pres-perf.sg.f.23]. . . .

7The speciality of the Brahmin form is of being complete with all the powers, because to be a Brahmin means to be a conqueror of Maya.

7क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isमायाजीत māyājīt māyājīt[adj.] x. . . . 8तो tō tō thenसर्व sarv sarv[adj.] allशक्ति śhakti śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Shaktiसम्पन्न sampann sampann[adj.] fullबनना bannā bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] become[inf.m.sg.d.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyमायाजीत māyājīt māyājīt[adj.] xबनना है bannā hai bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] become[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . .

8So, in order to become a conqueror of Maya, you have to become complete with all powers. 9This is what it means to become a conqueror of Maya.

9पहला pahlā pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xस्वरूप svarūp svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] formब्राह्मण-स्वयं brāhmaṇ-svayã x xको kō kō[postp.] toदेखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]कि ki ki[conj.] thatब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminस्वरूप svarūp svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] formकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)विशेषता viśhēṣhtā viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] speciality ( ( ( (सर्व sarv sarv[adj.] allशक्तियाँ śhaktiyā̃ śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] Shakti) ) ) ) धारण dhāraṇ dhāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] adoptingहुई हैं huī haĩ hōnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] be[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

10The first form is of a Brahmin. 11Check yourself and see whether you have imbibed all the powers, which, as you were just told, is the speciality of the Brahmin form.

10सर्व sarv sarv[adj.] allशक्तियाँ śhaktiyā̃ śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] Shaktiहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]वा vā vā orकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] some­ ­ ­ ­कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someशक्ति śhakti śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Shaktiहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

12Do you have all the powers? 13Or do you only have some powers?

11अगर agar agar ifएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneशक्ति śhakti śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Shaktiभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकमज़ोर kamzōr kamjōr[adj.] weakहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]वा vā vā orकम cum|kam cum|kam[adj.] (x|less)है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]तो tō tō thenब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminस्वरूप svarūp svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] formके बदले kē badlē kē badlē[x] instead ofबार bār bār[n.f.;sg.] time­ ­ ­ ­बार bār bār[n.f.;sg.] timeक्षत्रिय kṣhatriya kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isयुद्ध yuddha yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] battleकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoबन जाते हैं ban jātē haĩ bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā]. . . .

14If you are weak in even one power, or you are lacking one power, then again and again, instead of having the Brahmin form, you become the warrior, that is, one who is constantly battling.

12क्षत्रिय kṣhatriya kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofकर्तव्य kartavya kartavya[n.m.;sg.,d.] activityहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]युद्ध yuddha yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] battleकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]और aur aur andब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofकर्तव्य kartavya kartavya[n.m.;sg.,d.] activityहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]- - - -सदा sadā sadā constantlyऔर aur aur andसहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyमायाजीत māyājīt māyājīt[adj.] xबनना bannā bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] become[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

15The duty of a warrior is to battle and the duty of a Brahmin is to constantly and easily be a conqueror of Maya.

13ब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isविजयी vijayī vijayī[adj.] victorious . . . . 14सदा sadā sadā constantlyसर्व sarv sarv[adj.] allशक्तियाँ śhaktiyā̃ śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] Shaktiअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isसर्वशस्त्रोंसे sarvaśastrō̃sē x xसम्पन्न sampann sampann[adj.] fullहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

16A Brahmin means to be victorious, because you are constantly complete with all powers, that is, complete with all weapons.

15और aur aur andक्षत्रिय kṣhatriya kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everविजयी vijayī vijayī[adj.] victorious और aur aur andकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everहार hār hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hārnā[root] (x|x[root])खाने khānē khānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] (eat[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|eat[inf.m.pl.,o.])वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those who. . . . 16क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseशक्तियाँ śhaktiyā̃ śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] Shaktiमिलते miltē milnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] receive[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]हुए huē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooधारण dhāraṇ dhāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] adoptingनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकर kar karnā[root] do[root]सकते saktē saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeऔर aur aur andपरिस्थिति paristhiti paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] circumstancesप्रमाण pramāṇ pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] (under)सदा sadā sadā constantlyविजयी vijayī vijayī[adj.] victorious नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notबन ban ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] (x|become[root])सकते saktē saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]. . . .

17And a warrior means one who is sometimes victorious and sometimes defeated, because even though he receives the powers, he is not able to imbibe them. 18This is why he is not constantly able to be victorious according to the time and the circumstances.

17ब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminस्वरूप svarūp svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] formअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isसदा sadā sadā constantlyताज tāj tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] crown, , , , तख्त takht takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] throneऔर aur aur andतिलकधारी tilakdhārī tilakdhārī[adj.] x. . . . 18विश्व viśhva viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] worldकल्याण kalyāṇ kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] benefitकीजिम्मेदारी kījimmēdārī x xके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)ताजधारी tājdhārī tājdhārī[adj.] crowned, , , , सदा sadā sadā constantlyस्वतः svataḥ svataḥ automaticallyस्मृति smr̥iti smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] awarenessके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)तिलकधारी tilakdhārī tilakdhārī[adj.] x, , , , सदा sadā sadā constantlyबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)दिलतख्तनशीन diltakhtanaśhīn diltakhtanaśhīn[adj.] seated on the heart throne. . . .

19A Brahmin form means one who constantly has a crown, a tilak and is seated on the throne; one who has the crown of the responsibility of world benefit; one who constantly and naturally has the tilak of awareness; one who is constantly seated on Baba's heart­throne.

19क्षत्रिय kṣhatriya kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xएकरस ēkras ēkras[adj.] constant and stable, , , , अचल achal achal unshakeable, , , , अडोल aḍōl aḍōl[adj.] unshakeableन na na[neg] notहोने hōnē hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] be[inf.m.pl.,o.]के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)कारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] becauseकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everअचल achal achal unshakeable, , , , कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everहलचल halchal halchal[x] upheaval, , , , कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everअधिकारी adhikārī adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] (one) who has a rightऔर aur aur andकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherसे sē sē[postp.] fromशक्ति śhakti śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Shaktiमांगने māṅgnē mā̃gnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ask[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoरॉयल royal royal royalभिखारी bhikhārī bhikhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] beggar. . . .

20Because a warrior is not constant, unshakeable and immovable, he is sometimes unshakeable and sometimes there is fluctuation; sometimes he has all rights and sometimes he is a royal beggar who asks Baba for the powers.

20ब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isसदा sadā sadā constantlyअलौकिक alaukik alaukik[adj.] alokikमौज mauj mauj[n.f.;sg.] pleasureके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)जीवन jīvan jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lifeमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरहने rahnē rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those who. . . .

21A Brahmin means one who constantly lives a life of alokik pleasure.

21सदा sadā sadā constantlyरूहानी rūhānī rūhānī[adj.] spiritualसीरत sīrat sīrat[n.f.;sg.] xऔर aur aur andसूरत sūrat sūrat[n.f.;sg.] xवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those who. . . .

22A Brahmin is one who constantly has a spiritual face and character.

22क्षत्रिय kṣhatriya kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] such, , , , कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everकैसे kaisē kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] how. . . .

23A warrior means sometimes like this and sometimes like that.

23तो tō tō thenअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownसे sē sē[postp.] fromपूछो pūchhō pūchhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ask[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]मैं maĩ maĩ[pn.sg.d.] Iकौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] who ?  ?  ?  ?

24So ask yourself: Who am I?

24कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmin, , , , कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everक्षत्रिय kṣhatriya kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xया yā yā orसदा sadā sadā constantlyब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminजीवन jīvan jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lifeकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)विशेषताओं viśhēṣhatāō̃ viśhēṣhtā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] specialityसे sē sē[postp.] fromसम्पन्न sampann sampann[adj.] fullहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

25Am I sometimes a Brahmin and sometimes a warrior, or am I constantly complete with all the specialities of Brahmin life?

25लक्ष्य lakṣhya lakṣhya[adj.] aimब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminजीवन jīvan jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lifeका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmin, , , , कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everक्षत्रिय-ऐसे kṣatriy-aisē x xलक्षण lakṣhaṇ lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] qualificationतो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

26You have the aim of a Brahmin life, but you do not have the qualifications of sometimes being a Brahmin and sometimes a warrior, do you?

26लक्ष्य lakṣhya lakṣhya[adj.] aimऔर aur aur andलक्षण lakṣhaṇ lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] qualificationसमान samān samān[adj.] equalहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]वा vā vā orअन्तर antar antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] differenceहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

27Are your aim and qualifications the same or is there a difference?

27बोल bōl bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] (x|speak[root])और aur aur andकर्म karma karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] deedसमान samān samān[adj.] equalहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]वा vā vā orअन्तर antar antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] differenceहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

28Are you words and actions the same or is there a difference?

28सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allब्रह्माकुमार brahmākumār brahmākumār[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahma Kumar­ ­ ­ ­ब्रह्माकुमारी brahmākumārī brahmākumārī[x] Brahma Kumariकहलाते हो kahlātē hō kahlānā[pres.pl.m.2] call[pres.pl.m.2]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

29You are all called Brahma Kumars and Kumaris, are you not? 30Or, are you called the warriors?

29कि ki ki[conj.] thatक्षत्रिय kṣhatriya kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xकहलाते हो kahlātē hō kahlānā[pres.pl.m.2] call[pres.pl.m.2] ?  ?  ?  ?

31You are not called this, are you?

30चन्द्रवंशी chandravanśhī chandravanśhī[adj.] those of the moon dynastyकहलाना kahlānā kahlānā[inf.m.sg.d.] call[inf.m.sg.d.]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooपसन्द pasand pasand[n.f.;sg.] loveनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकरते kartē karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

32You do not even like to be called the moon dynasty.

31कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someकहे kahē kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23])आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youचन्द्रवंशी chandravanśhī chandravanśhī[adj.] those of the moon dynastyहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenपसन्द pasand pasand[n.f.;sg.] loveआयेगा āyēgā ānā[fut.m.sg.23] come[fut.m.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ? 32नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

33If someone were to call you the moon dynasty, would you like it?

33और aur aur andकर्म karma karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] deedक्या kyā kyā whatहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

34You would not, would you?

34जिस समय jis samay jis samay[x] xयुद्ध yuddha yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] battleमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inलगे lagē lagnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|lagnā[opt.sg.23]|lagā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]|x)हुए हो huē hō hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] be[pres-perf.pl.m.2]उस us vah[pn.sg.o.] thatसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofफोटो phōṭō photo photographअपना apnā apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] (adopt[root]|one’s own)निकालो nikālō nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

35And, what about your actions? 36Take a picture of yourself when you are engaged in battling.

35फोटो phōṭō photo photographनिकालने nikālnē nikālnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[inf.m.pl.,o.]का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofशौक śhauk śhauk[n.m.;sg.,d.] interestबहुत bahut bahut veryहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

37You have a keen interest in taking pictures, do you not?

36तो tō tō thenअपना apnā apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] (adopt[root]|one’s own)फोटो phōṭō photo photographनिकालना nikālnā nikālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] x[inf.m.sg.d.]आता है ātā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.23] come[pres.sg.m.23]या yā yā orदूसरों dūsrō̃ dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] otherका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofफोटो phōṭō photo photographनिकालना nikālnā nikālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] x[inf.m.sg.d.]आता है ātā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.23] come[pres.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ? 37तो tō tō thenअपना apnā apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] (adopt[root]|one’s own)फोटो phōṭō photo photographनिकालो nikālō nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]कि ki ki[conj.] thatमैं maĩ maĩ[pn.sg.d.] Iकौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] whoहूँ hū̃ hōnā[pres.sg.1] be[pres.sg.1] ?  ?  ?  ?

38You take pictures whilst walking along. 39Do you know how to take your own picture or do you know how to take the pictures of others?

38अगर agar agar ifफोटो phōṭō photo photographभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notनिकलता है nikaltā hai nikalnā[pres.sg.m.23] be extracted[pres.sg.m.23]तो tō tō thenपसन्द pasand pasand[n.f.;sg.] loveनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकरते हो kartē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] do[pres.pl.m.2]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

40So take your own picture of who you are. 41What do you do when someone's picture is not good?

39तो tō tō thenसारे sārē sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] the wholeदिन din din[n.m.;sg.,d.] dayमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inवा vā vā orकितने kitnē kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] soबारी bārī bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeप्रति prati prati forसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बजाय bajāy bajāē xक्षत्रिय kṣhatriya kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xबन ban ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] (x|become[root])जाते jātē jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]हैं-ये haĩ-yē x xचेक check check checkकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]और aur aur andचेक check check checkकरके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]चेंज change change changeकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

42Do you carefully keep it? 43You do not like it, do you? 44Throughout the entire day, how many times do you become a warrior instead of being a Brahmin?

40सिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyचेक check check checkनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

45Check this and then, afterwards, change it.

41चेक check check checkकिया जाता है kiyā jātā hai karnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|karnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] (do[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|do[pres.sg.m.23.passive])चेंज change change changeकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)लिये liyē lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]. . . .

46You must not just check, but you check in order to change.

42तो tō tō thenसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allके पास kē pās kē pās[x] toपरिवर्तन शक्ति parivartan śhakti parivartan śhakti[x] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

47Do all of you have the power of transformation?

43कि ki ki[conj.] thatकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someके पास kē pās kē pās[x] toनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

48Or, do some of you not have it?

44ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisतो tō tō thenबहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaखुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happinessकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)बात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allके पास kē pās kē pās[x] toहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

49Achcha, it is good that everyone has this power. 50There isn't anyone here who does not have this power, is there?

45अब ab ab[adv.] nowसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)काम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (task|lust)में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inलगाना lagānā lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] attach[inf.m.sg.d.]आती है ātī hai ānā[pres.sg.f.23] come[pres.sg.f.23]या yā yā orकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notभी bhī bhī[p.] tooलगती है lagtī hai lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] x[pres.sg.f.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

51All of you have said "yes" to this. 52It is a matter of great happiness.

46क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseशक्ति śhakti śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Shaktiहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]तो tō tō thenसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)काम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (task|lust)आवे āvē ānā[opt.sg.23] come[opt.sg.23]. . . .

53Now, do you know how to use it at the time of need or are you not able to use it then?

47दुश्मन duśhman duśhman[n.m.;sg.,d.] enemyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ही hī hī[p.] onlyनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notऔर aur aur andशस्त्रबहुत śastrabahut x xबढ़िया baṛhiyā baṛhiyā[adj.] xहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]मेरे mērē maĩ[pn.sg.kē] I[.kē]पास pās|pass pās|pass (x|pass)और aur aur andजब jab jab whenदुश्मन duśhman duśhman[n.m.;sg.,d.] enemyआवे āvē ānā[opt.sg.23] come[opt.sg.23]तो tō tō thenशस्त्र śhastra śhastra[n.m.;sg.,d.] weaponकाम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (task|lust)में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inही hī hī[p.] onlyनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notआवे-क्या āvē-kyā x xउसको uskō vah[pn.sg.kō] that[.kō]शक्तिशाली śhaktiśhālī śhaktiśhālī[adj.] powerfulकहेंगे kahē̃gē kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

54Because if you have the power, it should be useful at the time of need. 55When there are no enemies, you have many good weapons, and when the enemies come, your weapons are of no use.

48सिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisचेक check check checkनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]कि ki ki[conj.] thatशक्ति śhakti śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Shaktiहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butकर्म karma karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] deedमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeप्रमाण pramāṇ pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] (under)जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatशक्ति śhakti śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Shaktiचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē shouldवही vahī vahī thisशक्ति śhakti śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Shaktiकार्य kārya kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] taskमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inलगाना lagānā lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] attach[inf.m.sg.d.]आता है ātā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.23] come[pres.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

56Would you call that being powerful? 57So, do not just check whether you have the powers, but check whether you know how to use the power that you need for a particular action according to the time.

49कि ki ki[conj.] thatदुश्मन duśhman duśhman[n.m.;sg.,d.] enemyवार vār|war vār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|war (x|war)कर kar karnā[root] do[root]देता dētā dēnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] give[pres-part.m.sg.d.], , , , पीछे pīchhē pīchhē xशक्ति śhakti śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Shaktiयाद yād yād[n.f.;sg.] remembranceआती है ātī hai ānā[pres.sg.f.23] come[pres.sg.f.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

58Or, do you remember the power after the enemy has attacked you?

50तो tō tō thenब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminजीवन jīvan jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lifeकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)विशेषताओं viśhēṣhatāō̃ viśhēṣhtā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] specialityको kō kō[postp.] toचेक check check checkकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

59So check the specialities of Brahmin life.

51ब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminसो sō sōnā[root]|sō (sleep[root]|x)फरिश्ता phariśhtā phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] angelबनेगा banēgā bannā[fut.m.sg.23] become[fut.m.sg.23]. . . . 52क्षत्रिय kṣhatriya kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xसो sō sōnā[root]|sō (sleep[root]|x)फरिश्ता phariśhtā phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] angelनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

60A Brahmin will become an angel; a warrior will not become an angel; a Brahmin will become an angel.

53दूसरा dūsrā dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] otherस्वरूप svarūp svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] formहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]फरिश्ता phariśhtā phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] angel. . . .

61The second form is that of an angel.

54सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allको kō kō[postp.] toफरिश्ता phariśhtā phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] angelबनना bannā bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] become[inf.m.sg.d.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

62All of you have to become an angel, do you not?

55कि ki ki[conj.] thatफरिश्ता phariśhtā phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] angelबनना bannā bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] become[inf.m.sg.d.]मुश्किल muśhkil muśhkil[adj.] difficultहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

63Or is it difficult to become an angel?

56सहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]या yā yā orमुश्किल muśhkil muśhkil[adj.] difficult ?  ?  ?  ?

64Is it easy or difficult to become an angel?

57या yā yā orकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everमुश्किल muśhkil muśhkil[adj.] difficult, , , , कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everसहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easy ?  ?  ?  ?

65Or is it sometimes difficult and sometimes easy?

58तो tō tō thenफरिश्ता phariśhtā phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] angelस्वरूप svarūp svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] formकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)विशेषता viśhēṣhtā viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] specialityसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allजानते jāntē jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])कि ki ki[conj.] thatफरिश्ता phariśhtā phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] angelअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isडबल लाइट double light double light[x] double-light ?  ?  ?  ?

66All of you know the speciality of the angelic form: an angel means one who is double­light. 67You know this, do you not?

59तो tō tō thenडबल लाइट double light double light[x] double-lightहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

68So are you double­light?

60कि ki ki[conj.] thatकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everबोझ bōjh bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] burdenउठाने uṭhānē uṭhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] uplift[inf.m.pl.,o.]को kō kō[postp.] toदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartकरती kartī karnā[pres-part.f.] do[pres-part.f.]और aur aur andउठा लेते हो uṭhā lētē hō uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] uplift[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] ?  ?  ?  ?

69Or do you sometimes have a desire to carry a burden and so you carry it?

61वा vā vā orउठाने uṭhānē uṭhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] uplift[inf.m.pl.,o.]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notचाहते हो chāhtē hō chāhnā[pres.pl.m.2] x[pres.pl.m.2]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butमाया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaसिर sir sir[n.m.;sg.,d.] xपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)टोकरी ṭōkrī ṭōkrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] basketरख देती है rakh dētī hai rakhnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] keep[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] ?  ?  ?  ?

70Or, is it that you do not wish to carry the burden, but Maya places the basket­load on your head?

62माया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaअपनी apnī apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] one’s ownआर्टीफिशियल artificial artificial artificialटेम्पररी ṭēmpararī x xशक्ति śhakti śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Shaktiऐसी aisī aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] suchदिखाती है dikhātī hai dikhānā[pres.sg.f.23] x[pres.sg.f.23]जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatमजबूरी majbūrī majbūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xसे sē sē[postp.] fromभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबोझ bōjh bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] burdenउठाना uṭhānā uṭhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] uplift[inf.m.sg.d.]न na na[neg] notचाहते chāhtē chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooउठा लेते हैं uṭhā lētē haĩ uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] uplift[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā]. . . .

71Maya shows her artificial and temporary power in such a way that even though you do not wish to carry a burden, you still carry it out of compulsion, because you are weak. 72Anyone who is weak is always dependent on others.

63क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseकमज़ोर kamzōr kamjōr[adj.] weakहोने hōnē hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] be[inf.m.pl.,o.]के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)कारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] becauseकमज़ोर kamzōr kamjōr[adj.] weakसदा sadā sadā constantlyपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)­ ­ ­ ­अधीन adhīn adhīn[adj.] dependentहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

73So Maya also makes you dependent. 74You forget that you have all rights and instead you become dependent.

64तो tō tō thenमाया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaभी bhī bhī[p.] tooअधीन adhīn adhīn[adj.] dependentबना देती है banā dētī hai bannā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] (become[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|create[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā]). . . .

75And what is your language at that time?

65अधिकारीपन adhikārīpan adhikārīpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] xभूल जाता है bhūl jātā hai bhūl jānā[pres.sg.m.23] x[pres.sg.m.23]और aur aur andअधीन adhīn adhīn[adj.] dependentबन ban ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] (x|become[root])जाते jātē jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]. . . .

76"I did not wish it, but I don't know how it happened".

66उस us vah[pn.sg.o.] thatसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeभाषा bhāṣhā bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] languageक्या kyā kyā whatहोती है hōtī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] be[pres.sg.f.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

77You say "I don't know" in every aspect.

67चाहते chāhtē chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]तो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butपता patā patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] knowledgeनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not… … … … . . . . 68हर har|her har|harnā[root]|her (x|x[root])बात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in‘ ‘ ‘ ‘पता patā patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] knowledgeनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not’ ’ ’ ’, , , , ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘पता patā patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] knowledgeनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not’ ’ ’ ’कहते रहेंगे kahtē rahē̃gē kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā]. . . .

78To be one who has all rights means to be constantly free, and to be dependent means to be under the influence of others.

69अधिकारी adhikārī adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] (one) who has a rightअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isसदा sadā sadā constantlyस्वतन्त्र svatantr svatantr[adj.] freeऔर aur aur andअधीन adhīn adhīn[adj.] dependentअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isसदा sadā sadā constantlyपरवश parvaśh parvaśh[adj.] under an influence. . . .

79So one who is under another influence can never have a life of pleasure.

70तो tō tō thenपरवश parvaśh parvaśh[adj.] under an influenceकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everभी bhī bhī[p.] tooमौज mauj mauj[n.f.;sg.] pleasureकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)जीवन jīvan jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lifeमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notरह rah rahnā[root] remain[root]सकते saktē saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]. . . .

80And you were told about Brahmins, that a Brahmin means one who has a life of pleasure.

71ब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isमौज mauj mauj[n.f.;sg.] pleasureकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)जीवन jīvan jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] life. . . . 72अगर agar agar ifकोई भी kōī bhī kōī bhī[x] anyoneसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeमौज mauj mauj[n.f.;sg.] pleasureके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बजाय bajāy bajāē xमूँझते mū̃jhtē|mūnjhtē mūnjhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|mūnjhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] (be confused[pres-part.m.pl.,o.])हो-ये hō-yē x xक्या kyā kyā whatहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisकैसा kaisā kaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] howहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , क्या kyā kyā whatयही yahī yahī[pn.;d.] thisहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]… … … … तो tō tō thenये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisमौज mauj mauj[n.f.;sg.] pleasureनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not, , , , ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisमूँझने mūnjhnē mūnjhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] be confused[inf.m.pl.,o.]की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)जीवन jīvan jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lifeहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

81If, at any time, instead of experiencing pleasure, you become confused such as: "What is this, how is this, why is this, is this what is going to happen?", then this is not pleasure, this is a life of confusion.

73अगर agar agar ifकोई भी kōī bhī kōī bhī[x] anyoneसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeमौज mauj mauj[n.f.;sg.] pleasureकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)कमी kamī kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xअनुभव anubhav anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] experienceकरते हो kartē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] do[pres.pl.m.2]तो tō tō thenफिर से phir sē phir sē[x] againये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisपाठ pāṭh pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lessonपहला pahlā pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xयाद करो yād karō yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] rememberकि ki ki[conj.] thatमैं maĩ maĩ[pn.sg.d.] Iकौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] whoहूँ hū̃ hōnā[pres.sg.1] be[pres.sg.1] ?  ?  ?  ?

82If, at any time, you experience a lack of pleasure, then remember the first lesson of "Who am I?" 83I am not just a soul, but what type of soul?

74सिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyआत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notलेकिन lēkin lēkin butकौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] who­ ­ ­ ­सी see|sī|C see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C (see|x)आत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulहूँ hū̃ hōnā[pres.sg.1] be[pres.sg.1] ?  ?  ?  ? 75इसके iskē yah[pn.sg.kē] this[.kē]कितने kitnē kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] soजवाब javāb javāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] xआयेंगे āyēṅgē ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

84How many replies would there be to the question: What type of soul am I?

76लम्बी lambī lambā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] xलिस्ट list list listहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

85It is a long list, is it not?

77रोज rōj rōz dayकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)मुरली murlī murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] fluteमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in‘ ‘ ‘ ‘मैं maĩ maĩ[pn.sg.d.] Iकौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] who’ ’ ’ ’का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofभिन्नभिन्न bhinnbhinn bhinn[adj.] differentपाठ pāṭh pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lessonपढ़ते रहते हो paṛhtē rahtē hō paṛhnā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] study[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā], , , , सुनते रहते हो suntē rahtē hō sunnā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] listen[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā]. . . .

86How long is the list of "Who am I?" 87You study and hear of many different lessons of "Who am I?" in the murli every day.

78तो tō tō thenफरिश्ता phariśhtā phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] angelअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isडबल लाइट double light double light[x] double-light. . . .

88So to be an angel means to be double­light.

79लाइट light light lightअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isहल्कापन halkāpan halkāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lightness. . . .

89To be light means to experience lightness.

80हल्कापन halkāpan halkāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lightnessका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofअर्थ arth|earth arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth (meaning|earth)है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]सिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyपरिस्थिति paristhiti paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] circumstancesके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)समय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeहल्का halkā halkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lightनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notलेकिन lēkin lēkin butसारे sārē sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] the wholeदिन din din[n.m.;sg.,d.] dayमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inस्वभाव svabhāv svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] nature, , , , संस्कार saṅskār saṅskār[x] sanskar, , , , सम्बन्ध sambandh sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] relationship, , , , सम्पर्क samparka sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inलाइट light light lightरहे rahē rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) ?  ?  ?  ?

90Lightness doesn't just mean being light when any difficulty arises. 91But, throughout the entire day, you have to remain light in your nature, sanskars, relationships and connections.

81वैसे vaisē vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xठीक ṭhīk ṭhīk[adj.] OKहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butस्वभाव svabhāv svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] nature­ ­ ­ ­संस्कार saṅskār saṅskār[x] sanskarमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooअगर agar agar ifहल्कापन halkāpan halkāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lightnessनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]तो tō tō thenफरिश्ता phariśhtā phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] angelकहेंगे kahē̃gē kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

92Generally, you may be all right, but if there isn't any lightness in your nature and sanskars, would you be called an angel?

82और aur aur andहल्के halkē halkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lightकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)निशानी niśhānī niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] signहै-हल्कीचीज़ hai-halkīcīz x xसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allको kō kō[postp.] toप्यारी pyārī pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lovingलगती है lagtī hai lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] x[pres.sg.f.23]. . . .

93And the sign of being light is that anything light is constantly loved by everyone.

83कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someबोझ bōjh bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] burdenवाली vālī vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] those whoचीज़ chīz chīz[n.f.;sg.] thingआपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]देवे dēvē dēnā[opt.sg.23] give[opt.sg.23]तो tō tō thenपसन्द pasand pasand[n.f.;sg.] loveकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

94Would you like it if someone gave you something heavy?

84और aur aur andहल्की halkī halkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lightबढ़िया baṛhiyā baṛhiyā[adj.] xचीज़ chīz chīz[n.f.;sg.] thingहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])तो tō tō thenपसन्द pasand pasand[n.f.;sg.] loveकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

95But you would like it if someone gave you something light and beautiful, would you not?

85तो tō tō thenजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatस्वभाव svabhāv svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] nature, , , , संस्कार saṅskār saṅskār[x] sanskar, , , , सम्बन्ध sambandh sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] relationship, , , , सम्पर्क samparka sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहल्का halkā halkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lightहोगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23]उसकी uskī vah[pn.sg.kī] that[.kī]निशानी-वो niśānī-vō x xसर्व sarv sarv[adj.] allके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)प्यारे pyārē pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lovingऔर aur aur andन्यारे nyārē nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uniqueहोंगे hōṅgē hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

96The sign of those who are light in their nature, sanskars, relationships and connections is that they will be loving to and detached from everyone, because they have a Brahmin nature, not a different nature.

86क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminस्वभाव svabhāv svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] natureहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , अलग alag alag[adj.] separateस्वभाव svabhāv svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] natureनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

97Brahmin means to have a nature, sanskars, relationships and connections that are liked by everyone.

87ब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isसबके sabkē sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] everyone'sदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartपसन्द pasand pasand[n.f.;sg.] loveस्वभाव svabhāv svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] nature­ ­ ­ ­संस्कार saṅskār saṅskār[x] sanskarवा vā vā orसम्बन्ध sambandh sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] relationship­ ­ ­ ­सम्पर्क samparka sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] xवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

98You were told earlier also that the majority should be liked by at least 95% of everyone. 99There should be this much result.

88मैजारिटी majority majority majority95 95 95 95% % % %के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)दिलपसन्द dilpasand dil-pasand[adj.] lovedजरूर jarūr zarūr definitelyहो-इतनी hō-itanī x xरिजल्ट result result resultजरूर jarūr zarūr definitelyहोनी चाहिये hōnī chāhiyē hōnā[.oblig3] be[.oblig3]. . . .

100You are even now being given a margin of 5%. 101This will not be till the end, but you are being given this now.

895 5 5 5% % % %अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowभी bhī bhī[p.] tooमार्जिन margin margin xदे रहे हैं dē rahē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3], , , , अन्त ant ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] endतक tak tak untilनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowदे रहे हैं dē rahē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

102You have to be liked by at least 95% of everyone, that is, you have to remain light with everyone.

9095 95 95 95% % % %सर्व sarv sarv[adj.] allके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)दिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartपसन्द pasand pasand[n.f.;sg.] loveअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isसर्व sarv sarv[adj.] allसे sē sē[postp.] fromलाइट light light light. . . .

103And this lightness should be experienced through your words, actions and attitude.

91और aur aur andवो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatहल्कापन halkāpan halkāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lightnessबोल bōl bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] (x|speak[root]), , , , कर्म karma karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] deedऔर aur aur andवृत्ति vr̥itti vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] attitudeसे sē sē[postp.] fromअनुभव anubhav anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] experienceहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

104It should not be that you think, "I am light, but others are not able to understand me."

92ऐसे नहीं aisē nahī̃ aisē nahī̃[x] it isn't that, , , , मैं maĩ maĩ[pn.sg.d.] Iतो tō tō thenहल्का halkā halkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lightहूँ hū̃ hōnā[pres.sg.1] be[pres.sg.1]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butदूसरे dūsrē dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] otherमेरे mērē maĩ[pn.sg.kē] I[.kē]को kō kō[postp.] toनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notसमझते samajhtē samajhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] understand[pres-part.m.pl.,o.], , , , पहचानते pahchāntē pahchānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] recognise[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

105Generally, many of you think that others do not recognise you. 106If they do not recognise you, give them your recognition through your own will­power.

93अगर agar agar ifनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notपहचानते pahchāntē pahchānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] recognise[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]तो tō tō thenआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownविल will will willपॉवर power power powerसे sē sē[postp.] fromउन्हों unhō̃ vah[pn.pl.o.] thatको kō kō[postp.] toभी bhī bhī[p.] tooपहचान दो pahchān dō pahchānnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] recognise[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā]. . . .

107Your actions and your attitude should transform the other person. 108For this transformation, you just need the power to tolerate.

94आपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]कर्म karma karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] deed, , , , वृत्ति vr̥itti vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] attitudeउसको uskō vah[pn.sg.kō] that[.kō]परिवर्तन parivartan parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] transformationकरे karē karnā[opt.sg.23] do[opt.sg.23]. . . .

109And, what else do you say is the sign of an angel?

95इसमें ismē̃ yah[pn.sg.mē̃] this[.mē̃]सिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyपरिवर्तन parivartan parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] transformationकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसहनशक्ति sahanśhakti sahanśhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)आवश्यकता āvaśhyaktā āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] needहोती है hōtī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] be[pres.sg.f.23]. . . .

110An angel means one who does not have any relationship with the old body and the old world. 111You say this, do you not?

96और aur aur andफरिश्ता phariśhtā phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] angelअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isजिसका jiskā jō[pn.sg.kā] that[.kā]पुरानी purānī purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] oldदेह dēh dēh[n.f.;sg.] bodyऔर aur aur andपुरानी purānī purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] oldदुनिया duniyā duniyā[n.f.;sg.] worldसे sē sē[postp.] fromरिश्ता riśhtā riśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] relationshipनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . . 97ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allको kō kō[postp.] toयाद yād yād[n.f.;sg.] remembranceहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ? 98कि ki ki[conj.] thatअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowभी bhī bhī[p.] tooवो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatरहा rahā rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root])हुआ है huā hai hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

112All of you remember this, do you not? 113If all of you were asked what it means to be an angel, all of you would say with intoxication, that you do not have any relationships, would you not?

99पुरानी purānī purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] oldदेह dēh dēh[n.f.;sg.] bodyसे sē sē[postp.] fromलगाव lagāv lagāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] attachmentहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]क्या kyā kyā what ?  ?  ?  ? 100देह dēh dēh[n.f.;sg.] bodyके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)सम्बन्ध sambandh sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] relationshipसे sē sē[postp.] fromहल्के halkē halkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lightहो गये हो hō gayē hō hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] be[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā]कि ki ki[conj.] thatनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not ?  ?  ?  ?

114You have become detached from the old body and bodily relations and the old corporeal world, have you not?

101काका kākā kākā[n.m.;sg.,d.] x, , , , चाचा chāchā chāchā[n.m.;sg.,d.] uncle, , , , मामा māmā māmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] x, , , , उससे ussē vah[pn.sg.sē] that[.sē]न्यारे nyārē nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uniqueहो गये हो hō gayē hō hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] be[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

115Or, does that still remain? 116Do you still have attachment to the old body?

102कि ki ki[conj.] thatअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ? 103न्यारे nyārē nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uniqueऔर aur aur andप्यारे pyārē pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lovingहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

117Have you become light (free) of the relationships of the body?

104प्यारे pyārē pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lovingहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butन्यारे nyārē nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uniqueहोकरके hōkarkē hōnā[abs.] be[abs.]प्यारे pyārē pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lovingबनते हैं bantē haĩ bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] become[pres.pl.m.12hon3], , , , ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisगलती हो galtī hō galnā[pres.pl.f.2] x[pres.pl.f.2]जाती है jātī hai jānā[pres.sg.f.23] go[pres.sg.f.23]. . . . 105ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisमिस miss miss missहो जाता है hō jātā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]. . . .

118Your paternal uncle, your maternal uncle and aunts: have you become free from them or do you still have paternal uncles and maternal uncles?

106या yā yā orतो tō tō thenन्यारे nyārē nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uniqueहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])जाना jānā jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.])सहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyलगता है lagtā hai lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] x[pres.sg.m.23]या yā yā orतो tō tō thenप्यारा pyārā pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lovingहोना hōnā hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] be[inf.m.sg.d.]सहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyलगता lagtā lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x[pres-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

119Are you loving and detached? 120You are loving, but you have to be detached and loving.

107लेकिन lēkin lēkin butये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisदेह dēh dēh[n.f.;sg.] bodyके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)सम्बन्ध sambandh sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] relationshipकाका kākā kākā[n.m.;sg.,d.] x, , , , चाचा chāchā chāchā[n.m.;sg.,d.] uncle, , , , मामा māmā māmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] x, , , , ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisफिर भी phir bhī phir bhī[x] neverthelessसहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

121You make the mistake that when you become loving, you miss out on being as much detached as you are loving.

108सहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]या yā yā orथोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] short­ ­ ­ ­थोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortस्वप्न svapn svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] dreamमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in, , , , संकल्प saṅkalp saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thoughtमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआ जाता है ā jātā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ?  ?  ?  ?

122You either find it easy to be detached or you find it easy to be loving.

109जब jab jab whenब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminपरिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someपरिस्थिति paristhiti paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] circumstancesआती है ātī hai ānā[pres.sg.f.23] come[pres.sg.f.23]तो tō tō thenचाचा chāchā chāchā[n.m.;sg.,d.] uncle, , , , काका kākā kākā[n.m.;sg.,d.] x, , , , मामा māmā māmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] xयाद yād yād[n.f.;sg.] remembranceआते हैं ātē haĩ ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

123However, it is still easy to be free of the bodily relationships. 124Is it easy or do they sometimes enter your dreams or thoughts?

110बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaदेखते हैं dēkhtē haĩ dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] see[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatपरिस्थिति paristhiti paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] circumstancesके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)समय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeकई kaī kaī someआत्माओं ātmāō̃ ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] soulको kō kō[postp.] toब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminपरिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बजाय bajāy bajāē xलौकिक laukik laukik[adj.] worldlyसम्बन्ध sambandh sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] relationshipजल्दी jaldī jaldī very quicklyस्मृति smr̥iti smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] awarenessमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआता है ātā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.23] come[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

125Do you remember your maternal or paternal uncles when any difficulty arises within the Brahmin family? 126However, BapDada sees that, at the time of such situations, many souls remember their lokik relations much more quickly than they remember Brahmin souls.

111परिस्थिति paristhiti paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] circumstancesकिनारे kinārē kinārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] xके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बजाय bajāy bajāē xसहारा sahārā sahārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] supportअनुभव anubhav anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] experienceकराती है karātī hai karānā[pres.sg.f.23] make commit[pres.sg.f.23]. . . .

127The situations make you experience the things you have left behind to be your support.

112जब jab jab whenमरजीवा marjīvā marjīvā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dying aliveबन गये ban gayē bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]तो tō tō thenअगले aglē aglā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nextजन्म janm janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] (life|be born[root])के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)सम्बन्धी sambandhī sambandhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] relativeकाका kākā kākā[n.m.;sg.,d.] x, , , , चाचा chāchā chāchā[n.m.;sg.,d.] uncle, , , , माँ mā̃ mā̃[n.f.;sg.] mother, , , , बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] father, , , , याद yād yād[n.f.;sg.] remembranceहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]क्या kyā kyā what ?  ?  ?  ?

128When you have died alive, do you still remember the relations of the previous birth: your maternal and paternal uncles, your mother and father?

113स्वप्न svapn svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] dreamमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooआते हैं ātē haĩ ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres.pl.m.12hon3]क्या kyā kyā what ?  ?  ?  ?

129Do you have any connection with them? 130Do they come in your dreams?

114तो tō tō thenसम्बन्ध sambandh sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] relationship, , , , जन्म janm janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] (life|be born[root])बदल गया badal gayā badalnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] change[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

131So, when your birth changes, your relations also change.

115तो tō tō thenफरिश्ता phariśhtā phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] angelअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isपुराने purānē purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] oldसे sē sē[postp.] fromरिश्ता riśhtā riśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] relationshipनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not, , , , यही yahī yahī[pn.;d.] thisपरिभाषा paribhāṣhā paribhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] xबोलते हो bōltē hō bōlnā[pres.pl.m.2] speak[pres.pl.m.2]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

132So, an angel means one who doesn't have any connection with the old (past). 133This is the definition you give, it is not?

116फिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)समय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)कहाँ kahā̃ kahā̃ whereसे sē sē[postp.] fromनिकल आते हैं nikal ātē haĩ nikalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+ānā] be extracted[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+ānā] ?  ?  ?  ?

134So, where do they emerge from at such times?

117टूटा ṭūṭā ṭūṭnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] break[past-part.m.sg.d.]हुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.]रिश्ता riśhtā riśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] relationshipजुड़ जाता है juṛ jātā hai juṛnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] x[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ?  ?  ?  ?

135Do the broken relationships become forged again?

118मरे marē marnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|marnā[opt.sg.23] (die[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|die[opt.sg.23])हुए huē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.]से sē sē[postp.] fromजिन्दा jindā jindā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xहो जाते हो hō jātē hō hōnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] be[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] ?  ?  ?  ?

136Do you become alive from having died?

119फरिश्ता phariśhtā phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] angelअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isपुराने purānē purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] oldसे sē sē[postp.] fromरिश्ता riśhtā riśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] relationshipनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not, , , , सब sab sab[adj.] allनया nayā nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] new. . . .

137So, an angel means not to have any relationship with the old, but everything new.

120बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅देखा dēkhā dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] see[past-part.m.sg.d.]कि ki ki[conj.] thatफरिश्ता phariśhtā phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] angelबनने bannē bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] become[inf.m.pl.,o.]में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatरूकावट rūkāvaṭ rūkāvaṭ[n.f.;sg.] obstructionहोती है hōtī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] be[pres.sg.f.23]उसका uskā vah[pn.sg.kā] that[.kā]कारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] becauseएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneपहली pahlī pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] xसीढ़ी sīṛhī sīṛhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ladderहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]देह dēh dēh[n.f.;sg.] bodyभान bhān bhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] awarenessको kō kō[postp.] toछोड़ना chhōṛnā chhōṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] renounce[inf.m.sg.d.], , , , दूसरी dūsrī dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] otherसीढ़ी sīṛhī sīṛhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ladderजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatऔर aur aur andसूक्ष्म sūkṣhma sūkṣhma[adj.] subtleहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]देह dēh dēh[n.f.;sg.] bodyअभिमान abhimān abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] arroganceको kō kō[postp.] toछोड़ना chhōṛnā chhōṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] renounce[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

138BapDada saw that the first step causing obstructions in becoming an angel is the renunciation of body consciousness. 139And the second step, which is more subtle, is to let go of the arrogance of the body.

121देह dēh dēh[n.f.;sg.] bodyभान bhān bhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] awarenessऔर aur aur andदेह dēh dēh[n.f.;sg.] bodyअभिमान abhimān abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] arrogance. . . .

140Body consciousness and the arrogance of the body.

122देह dēh dēh[n.f.;sg.] bodyभान bhān bhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] awarenessफिर भी phir bhī phir bhī[x] neverthelessकॉमन common common xचीज़ chīz chīz[n.f.;sg.] thingहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butजितने jitnē jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] the moreज्ञानी gyānī gyānī[adj.] gyaniतू tū tū youआत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soul, , , , योगी yōgī yōgī[x] yogiतू tū tū youआत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulबनते हैं bantē haĩ bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] become[pres.pl.m.12hon3]उतना utnā utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xदेह dēh dēh[n.f.;sg.] bodyअभिमान abhimān abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] arroganceरूकावट rūkāvaṭ rūkāvaṭ[n.f.;sg.] obstructionडालता है ḍāltā hai ḍālnā[pres.sg.m.23] create[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

141Body consciousness is something common, but the more knowledgeable and yogi you become, the more the arrogance of the body causes obstructions.

123और aur aur andअभिमान abhimān abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] arroganceअनेक anēk anēk[adj.] manyप्रकार prakār prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] formका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofआता ātā ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] come[pres-part.m.sg.d.]है-अपने hai-apanē x xबुद्धि buddhi buddhi[n.f.;sg.] intellectका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofअभिमान abhimān abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] arrogance, , , , अपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedसंस्कार saṅskār saṅskār[x] sanskarका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofअभिमान abhimān abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] arrogance, , , , अपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownअच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchaस्वभाव svabhāv svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] natureका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofअभिमान abhimān abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] arrogance, , , , अपनी apnī apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] one’s ownविशेषताओं viśhēṣhatāō̃ viśhēṣhtā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] specialityका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofअभिमान abhimān abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] arrogance, , , , अपनी apnī apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] one’s ownकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialकला kalā kalā[n.f.;sg.] degreeका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofअभिमान abhimān abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] arrogance, , , , अपनी apnī apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] one’s ownसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)सफलता saphaltā saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] successका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofअभिमान abhimān abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] arrogance. . . .

142And there are many types of arrogance that emerge: The arrogance of your own intellect, the arrogance of your elevated sanskars, the arrogance of your good nature, the arrogance of your specialities, the arrogance of your special talent, the arrogance of the success in your service.

124ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisसूक्ष्म sūkṣhma sūkṣhma[adj.] subtleअभिमान abhimān abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] arroganceदेह dēh dēh[n.f.;sg.] bodyभान bhān bhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] awarenessसे sē sē[postp.] fromभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबहुत bahut bahut veryमहीन mahīn mahīn[adj.] refinedहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

143This subtle arrogance is even deeper than body consciousness.

125अभिमान abhimān abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] arroganceका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofदरवाजा darvājā darvājā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] doorतो tō tō thenजानते हो jāntē hō jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] know[pres.pl.m.2]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

144You know what the door of arrogance is, do you not?

126मैं maĩ maĩ[pn.sg.d.] I­ ­ ­ ­पन pan pan[n.m.;sg.,d.] x, , , , मेरापन-ये mērāpan-yē x xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]अभिमान abhimān abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] arroganceके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)दरवाजे darvājē darvājā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] door. . . .

145The consciousness of "I and mine" is the door of arrogance.

127तो tō tō thenफरिश्ता phariśhtā phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] angelका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofअर्थ arth|earth arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth (meaning|earth)ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकि ki ki[conj.] thatसिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyदेह dēh dēh[n.f.;sg.] bodyभान bhān bhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] awarenessवा vā vā orदेह dēh dēh[n.f.;sg.] bodyके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)आकर्षण ākarṣhaṇ ākarṣhaṇ[x] attractionसे sē sē[postp.] fromपरे parē par otherहोना hōnā hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] be[inf.m.sg.d.]वा vā vā orदेह dēh dēh[n.f.;sg.] bodyके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)स्थूल sthūl sthūl[adj.] physicalसम्बन्ध sambandh sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] relationshipसे sē sē[postp.] fromपरे parē par otherहोना hōnā hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] be[inf.m.sg.d.], , , , लेकिन lēkin lēkin butफरिश्ता phariśhtā phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] angelअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isदेह dēh dēh[n.f.;sg.] bodyके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)सूक्ष्म sūkṣhma sūkṣhma[adj.] subtleअभिमान abhimān abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] arroganceके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)सम्बन्ध sambandh sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] relationshipसे sē sē[postp.] fromभी bhī bhī[p.] tooन्यारे nyārē nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uniqueहोना hōnā hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] be[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

146So, an angel does not just mean to be beyond body consciousness or the attraction of the body, or to be beyond the physical relations of the body, but an angel means to be beyond and detached from the connection of the subtle arrogance of the body.

128और aur aur andअभिमान abhimān abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] arroganceकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)निशानी-जहाँ niśānī-jahā̃ x xअभिमान abhimān abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] arroganceहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]वहाँ vahā̃ vahā̃ thereअपमान apmān apmān[n.m.;sg.,d.] disrespectभी bhī bhī[p.] tooजल्दी jaldī jaldī very quicklyफील feel feel feelहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

147And the sign of those who have arrogance is that where there is arrogance, they also very quickly feel insulted.

129जहाँ jahā̃ jahā̃ where thereअभिमान abhimān abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] arroganceहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]वहाँ vahā̃ vahā̃ thereअपमान apmān apmān[n.m.;sg.,d.] disrespectकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)फीलिंग feeling feeling feelingबहुत bahut bahut veryजल्दी jaldī jaldī very quicklyहोती है hōtī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] be[pres.sg.f.23]. . . .

148Where there is arrogance, the feeling of being insulted comes very quickly, because the door of "I and mine" is open.

130क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki because‘ ‘ ‘ ‘मैं maĩ maĩ[pn.sg.d.] I’ ’ ’ ’और aur aur and‘ ‘ ‘ ‘मेरे mērē maĩ[pn.sg.kē] I[.kē]’ ’ ’ ’के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)दरवाजे darvājē darvājā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] doorखुले khulē khulnā[opt.sg.23]|khulnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|khulā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (open up[opt.sg.23]|open up[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x)हुए huē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.]होते हैं hōtē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . . 131फरिश्ते phariśhtē phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] angelका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofयथार्थ yathārth yathārth[adj.] xस्वरूप svarūp svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] formहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]देह dēh dēh[n.f.;sg.] bodyभान bhān bhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] awarenessऔर aur aur andदेह dēh dēh[n.f.;sg.] bodyके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)सम्बन्ध sambandh sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] relationshipसे sē sē[postp.] from, , , , देह dēh dēh[n.f.;sg.] bodyअभिमान abhimān abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] arroganceसे sē sē[postp.] fromन्यारा nyārā nyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] unique. . . .

149The correct form of an angel is to be beyond body consciousness and, in terms of the body, beyond the arrogance of the body. 150If you have any virtue or any power, why do you forget the Bestower?

132अगर agar agar ifकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someगुण guṇ guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] virtueहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someशक्ति śhakti śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Shaktiहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]तो tō tō thenदाता dātā dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bestowerको kō kō[postp.] toक्यों kyō̃ kyō̃ whyभूल जाते हैं bhūl jātē haĩ bhūl jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

151And, secondly, the easy method to become detached from this is very easy; it is of just one word.

133और aur aur andदूसरी dūsrī dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] otherबात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterइससे issē yah[pn.sg.sē] this[.sē]सहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyन्यारे nyārē nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uniqueहोने hōnē hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] be[inf.m.pl.,o.]का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofरास्ता rāstā rāstā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] pathवा vā vā orविधि vidhi vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] methodबहुत bahut bahut veryसहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneअक्षर akṣhar akṣhar[n.m.;sg.,d.] wordहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

152This one word has so much power that body consciousness and the arrogance of the body can be finished for all time. 153What is this one word?

134एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneअक्षर akṣhar akṣhar[n.m.;sg.,d.] wordमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inइतनी itnī itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] suchताकत tākat tākat[n.f.;sg.] powerहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatदेह dēh dēh[n.f.;sg.] bodyअभिमान abhimān abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] arroganceऔर aur aur andदेह dēh dēh[n.f.;sg.] bodyभान bhān bhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] awarenessसदा sadā sadā constantlyके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)लिये liyē lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]समाप्त samāpt samāpt[adj.] finishedहो जाता है hō jātā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]. . . .

154Baba who is Karankaravanhar is inspiring you to do it. 155The word Karankaravanhar finishes both that consciousness and arrogance.

135वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneशब्द śhabda śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] wordकौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] who­ ­ ­ ­सा sā sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

156It is easy to remember one word, is it not?

136करनकरावनहार karankarāvanhār karankarāvanhār Karankaravanharबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherकरा रहा है karā rahā hai karānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] make commit[pres.sg.m.prog.23]. . . . 137‘ ‘ ‘ ‘करनकरावनहार karankarāvanhār karankarāvanhār Karankaravanhar’ ’ ’ ’शब्द śhabda śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] wordभान bhān bhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] awarenessऔर aur aur andअभिमान abhimān abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] arroganceदोनों dōnō̃ dōnō̃ xको kō kō[postp.] toमिटा देता है miṭā dētā hai miṭnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|miṭānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] (be rubbed off[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|x[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā]). . . . 138एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneशब्द śhabda śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] wordयाद करना yād karnā yād karnā[x] rememberतो tō tō thenसहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

157Or is it difficult? 158O.K., even if you forget all the points, in fact, you must not forget them, but, if you do sometimes forget them, you can still remember just the one word, can you not?

139और aur aur andसारी sārī sārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] the wholeपॉइन्ट्स points point pointभूल bhūl bhūlnā[root]|bhūl[n.f.;sg.] (forget[root]|mistake)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooजाओ jāō jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , भूलना bhūlnā bhūlnā[inf.m.sg.d.] forget[inf.m.sg.d.]तो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butअगर agar agar ifभूल bhūl bhūlnā[root]|bhūl[n.f.;sg.] (forget[root]|mistake)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooजाओ jāō jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]तो tō tō thenएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneशब्द śhabda śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] wordतो tō tō thenयाद कर सकते हो yād kar saktē hō yād karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] rememberना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

159This is easy, is it not? 160Baba is Karankaravanhar. 161So, look how easily you experience the angelic life! 162On what basis did father Brahma become an angel?

140करनकरावनहार karankarāvanhār karankarāvanhār Karankaravanharबाबा bābā bābā Babaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . . 141तो tō tō thenदेखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , फरिश्ते phariśhtē phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] angelजीवन jīvan jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lifeका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofअनुभव anubhav anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] experienceकितना kitnā kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] soसहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyअनुभव anubhav anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] experienceहोता hōtā hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

163He became powerful and an angel by constantly having the awareness of Karankaravanhar Baba.

142ब्रह्मा brahmā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmaबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherफरिश्ता phariśhtā phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] angelबना-किस banā-kis x xआधार ādhār ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] basisसे sē sē[postp.] from ?  ?  ?  ?

164So you have to follow the father, do you not? 165Or, are you going to follow Maya?

143सदा sadā sadā constantlyकरनकरावनहार karankarāvanhār karankarāvanhār Karankaravanharकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)स्मृति smr̥iti smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] awarenessसे sē sē[postp.] fromसमर्थ samarth samarth[adj.] powerfulबन ban ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] (x|become[root])फरिश्ते phariśhtē phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] angelबने banē bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]). . . .

166No, you have to follow the father. 167Sometimes, even Maya becomes your mother and father.

144फॉलो फादर follow father follow father[x] follow the Fatherहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ? 145या yā yā orफॉलो follow follow followमाया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

168She gives very good sustenance and attainment.

146कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everमाया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaभी bhī bhī[p.] tooमदर mother mother motherफादर father father fatherबन जाती है ban jātī hai bannā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] become[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā], , , , बड़ी baṛī baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] veryअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaपालना pālnā pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.])और aur aur andप्राप्ति prāpti prāpti[n.f.;sg.] attainmentकराती है karātī hai karānā[pres.sg.f.23] make commit[pres.sg.f.23]. . . .

169However, all of that is deceptive attainment. 170First of all, there is attainment and then there is deception.

147लेकिन lēkin lēkin butवो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatसब sab sab[adj.] allहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]धोखे dhōkhē dhōkhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] deceptionकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)प्राप्ति prāpti prāpti[n.f.;sg.] attainment. . . .

171You do have the power to discriminate, do you not?

148पहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)प्राप्ति prāpti prāpti[n.f.;sg.] attainment, , , , फिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)धोखा dhōkhā dhōkhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] deception. . . . 149परखने parakhnē parakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[inf.m.pl.,o.]की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)शक्ति śhakti śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Shaktiतो tō tō thenहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

172You have to recognise at the right time whether it is Maya or the Father.

150माया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]या yā yā orबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherहै-इसको hai-isakō x xसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)परखना है parakhnā hai parakhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] x[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . .

173To discriminate after having been deceived is not an act of being sensible.

151धोखा dhōkhā dhōkhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] deceptionखाकर khākar khānā[abs.] eat[abs.]परखना parakhnā parakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] x[inf.m.sg.d.], , , , यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someसमझदारी samajhdārī samajhdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहुई huī hōnā[past-part.f.] be[past-part.f.]. . . .

174Everyone can understand after having been deceived.

152धोखा dhōkhā dhōkhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] deceptionखाकर khākar khānā[abs.] eat[abs.]तो tō tō thenसब sab sab[adj.] allसमझ जाते हैं samajh jātē haĩ samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butज्ञानी gyānī gyānī[adj.] gyaniतू tū tū youआत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulपहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisपरखकर parakhkar parakhnā[abs.] x[abs.]स्वयं svayã svayã xको kō kō[postp.] toबचा लेता है bachā lētā hai bachnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+lēnā]|bachānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] (x[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+lēnā]|save[pres.sg.m.23.root+lēnā]). . . .

175However, knowledgeable souls are able to discriminate in advance and save themselves. 176So, do you understand who is called an angel? 177The third is an angel who is to become a deity.

153तो tō tō thenसमझा samjhā samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.])फरिश्ता phariśhtā phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] angelकिसको kiskō kaun[pn.sg.kō] who[.kō]कहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

178Are you going to become a deity now or in the future?

154तीसरा tīsrā tīsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] thirdहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]फरिश्ता phariśhtā phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] angelसो sō sōnā[root]|sō (sleep[root]|x)देवता dēvtā dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] deity. . . .

179Will you become this in the future?

155अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowदेवता बनना है dēvtā bannā hai dēvtā bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] become deityया yā yā orभविष्य bhaviṣhya bhaviṣhya[adj.] futureमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inबनेंगे banē̃gē bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

180Or, do you wish to become this now? 181You have to become this now.

156देवता dēvtā dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] deityअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isसर्व sarv sarv[adj.] allगुणों guṇō̃ guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] virtueसे sē sē[postp.] fromसजे sajē sajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sajnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23])­ ­ ­ ­सजाये sajāyē sajānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] decorate[past-part.m.pl.,o.]. . . .

182Achcha. 183A deity means one who is adorned with all the virtues.

157ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisदिव्यगुण divyaguṇ divyaguṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] divine virtueसंगम saṅgam saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] confluenceके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)देवता dēvtā dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] deityजीवन jīvan jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lifeके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)श्रृंगार śhrr̥iṅgār śhrr̥iṅgārnā[root]|śhrr̥iṅgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] (decorate[root]|decoration)हैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

184These divine virtues are the adornments of the divine life of the confluence age.

158इस समय is samay is samay[x] at this timeदिव्य divya divya[adj.] divineगुणों guṇō̃ guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] virtueसे sē sē[postp.] fromसजे sajē sajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sajnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23])­ ­ ­ ­सजाये sajāyē sajānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] decorate[past-part.m.pl.,o.]होते हो hōtē hō hōnā[pres.pl.m.2] be[pres.pl.m.2]तब tab tab for only thenही hī hī[p.] onlyभविष्य bhaviṣhya bhaviṣhya[adj.] futureमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inस्थूल sthūl sthūl[adj.] physicalश्रृंगार śhrr̥iṅgār śhrr̥iṅgārnā[root]|śhrr̥iṅgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] (decorate[root]|decoration)से sē sē[postp.] fromसजे sajē sajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sajnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23])­ ­ ­ ­सजाये रहते हो sajāyē rahtē hō sajānā[pres.pl.m.2.past-part+rahnā] decorate[pres.pl.m.2.past-part+rahnā]. . . .

185You are adorned with the divine virtues at this time, for only then will you be adorned with the physical adornments in the future.

159तो tō tō thenदेवता dēvtā dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] deityअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isदिव्यगुणों divyaguṇō̃ divyaguṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] divine virtueसे sē sē[postp.] fromसजे sajē sajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sajnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23])­ ­ ­ ­सजाये sajāyē sajānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] decorate[past-part.m.pl.,o.]. . . .

186To be a deity means to be adorned with the divine virtues.

160और aur aur andदूसरा dūsrā dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] otherदेवता dēvtā dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] deityअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isदेने dēnē dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] give[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाला vālā vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] those who. . . .

187And, secondly, a deity means one who gives, not one who takes but one who gives.

161लेवता lēvtā lēvtā[n.m.;sg.,d.] xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not, , , , लेकिन lēkin lēkin butदेवता dēvtā dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] deity. . . .

188So are you the master bestowers?

162तो tō tō thenमास्टर master master masterदाता dātā dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bestowerहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?  ?  ?  ? 163वा vā vā orकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everलेवता lēvtā lēvtā[n.m.;sg.,d.] x, , , , कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everदेवता dēvtā dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] deity ?  ?  ?  ?

189Or, are you sometimes those who take and sometimes those who give?

164चेक check check checkकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]कि ki ki[conj.] thatदिव्य divya divya[adj.] divineगुणों guṇō̃ guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] virtueका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofश्रृंगार śhrr̥iṅgār śhrr̥iṅgārnā[root]|śhrr̥iṅgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] (decorate[root]|decoration)सदा sadā sadā constantlyरहता है rahtā hai rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] remain[pres.sg.m.23]वा vā vā orकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someश्रृंगार śhrr̥iṅgār śhrr̥iṅgārnā[root]|śhrr̥iṅgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] (decorate[root]|decoration)भूल जाता है bhūl jātā hai bhūl jānā[pres.sg.m.23] x[pres.sg.m.23], , , , कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someश्रृंगार śhrr̥iṅgār śhrr̥iṅgārnā[root]|śhrr̥iṅgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] (decorate[root]|decoration)भूल जाता है bhūl jātā hai bhūl jānā[pres.sg.m.23] x[pres.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

190So check whether you constantly have the adornments of the divine virtues or whether you sometimes forget some adornments. 191Do you sometimes forget some adornments?

165सम्पूर्ण sampūrṇ sampūrṇ[adj.] completeसर्व sarv sarv[adj.] allगुण guṇ guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] virtueसम्पन्न sampann sampann[adj.] full… … … … यही yahī yahī[pn.;d.] thisदेवता dēvtā dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] deityजीवन jīvan jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lifeकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)निशानी niśhānī niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] signहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

192To be completely full of all the virtues is the sign of the deity life.

166ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisगुण guṇ guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] virtueही hī hī[p.] onlyगहने gahnē gahnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jewelहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

193These virtues are your jewellery.

167तो tō tō thenदेखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]कि ki ki[conj.] thatब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminस्वरूप svarūp svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] formकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)सर्व sarv sarv[adj.] allशक्तियाँ śhaktiyā̃ śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] Shakti, , , , फरिश्ते phariśhtē phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] angelस्वरूप svarūp svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] formकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)डबल लाइट double light double light[x] double-lightस्थिति sthiti sthiti[n.f.;sg.] stageऔर aur aur andदेवता dēvtā dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] deityस्वरूप svarūp svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] formकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)दातापन dātāpan dātāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] being a bestowerकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)निशानी niśhānī niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] signऔर aur aur andदिव्य divya divya[adj.] divineगुणों guṇō̃ guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] virtueसम्पन्न sampann sampann[adj.] fullबने हैं banē haĩ bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

194So check whether you have become those who have all the powers of the Brahmin form, whether you have the double­light stage of being an angel, whether you have the sign of the deities, that is, of being a bestower, and whether you have become complete with all the divine virtues.

168तीनों tīnō̃ tīnō̃[adj.] all threeस्वरूप svarūp svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] formअनुभव anubhav anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] experienceकरते हो kartē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] do[pres.pl.m.2] ?  ?  ?  ?

195Do you experience all three forms?

169जैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)तीन tīn tīn[adj.] xसम्बन्ध-बाप sambandh-bāp x x, , , , शिक्षक śhikṣhak śhikṣhak[x] teacher, , , , सद्गुरू sadgurū satgurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] Satguruसदा sadā sadā constantlyयाद yād yād[n.f.;sg.] remembranceरहते rahtē rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.], , , , ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisतीन tīn tīn[adj.] xस्वरूप svarūp svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] formसदा sadā sadā constantlyयाद रखो yād rakhō yād rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] remember. . . . 170समझा samjhā samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ?  ?  ?  ?

196Just as you constantly remember the three relationships of the Father: The Father, Teacher and Satguru, in the same way, constantly remember these three forms of yours.

171बनना bannā bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] become[inf.m.sg.d.]तो tō tō thenआपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]ही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]या yā yā orऔर कोई aur kōī aur kōī[x] someone elseआने ānē ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x)वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

197Do you understand what you have to do? 198You have to become this, do you not?

172आपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]ही hī hī[p.] onlyबनना है bannā hai bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] become[pres.sg.23.oblig1]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

199Or, is someone else going to come here to become this?

173आज āj āj todayब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmin, , , , कल kal kal xफरिश्ता phariśhtā phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] angelऔर aur aur andकल kal kal xदेवता dēvtā dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] deity. . . .

200You have to become this, do you not? 201Today, a Brahmin; tomorrow an angel and then a deity.

174अपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownफरिश्ते phariśhtē phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] angelस्वरूप svarūp svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] formको kō kō[postp.] toज्ञान gyān gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] knowledgeके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)दर्पण darpaṇ darpaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mirrorमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inदेखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

202Just see your angelic form in the mirror of gyan. 203Angels always fly and give messages.

175फरिश्ते phariśhtē phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] angelसदा sadā sadā constantlyउड़ते रहते हैं uṛtē rahtē haĩ uṛnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] fly[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā]और aur aur andमैसेज message message messageदेते रहते हैं dētē rahtē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] give[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā]. . . .

204Whenever they show this, they show an angel just comes, gives their message and flies away.

176फरिश्ता phariśhtā phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] angelआया āyā ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] come[past-part.m.sg.d.], , , , सन्देश sandēśh sandēśh[x] messageदिया diyā dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] give[past-part.m.sg.d.]और aur aur andउड़ा uṛā uṛānā[root]|uṛnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (x[root]|fly[past-part.m.sg.d.]). . . .

205So who are these angels? 206Are you these angels?

177तो tō tō thenवो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatफरिश्ते phariśhtē phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] angelकौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] whoहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

207Achcha. 208Are you sure that you are this?

178आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youही hī hī[p.] onlyहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

209Is no one else this?

179फलक phalak phalak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sparkle of intoxicationसे sē sē[postp.] fromकहो-हम kahō-ham x xही hī hī[p.] onlyथे thē hōnā[past.pl] be[past.pl], , , , हम ham ham[pn.pl.] weही hī hī[p.] onlyहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]और aur aur andहम ham ham[pn.pl.] weही hī hī[p.] onlyरहेंगे rahē̃gē rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

210Say with intoxication: We were this, we are this and we will be this.

180पक्का pakkā pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] firmहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

211Are you sure?

181इसको iskō yah[pn.sg.kō] this[.kō]कहा जाता है kahā jātā hai kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive])निश्चयबुद्धि niśhchaybuddhi niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] intellect with faithविजयी vijayī vijayī[adj.] victorious . . . .

212This is known as having victory through an intellect which has faith.

182क्षत्रिय kṣhatriya kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])वा vā vā orविजयी vijayī vijayī[adj.] victorious हो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?  ?  ?  ?

213So, are you victorious or are you warriors?

183क्षत्रिय kṣhatriya kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someतो tō tō thenबनेगा banēgā bannā[fut.m.sg.23] become[fut.m.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

214Who are you? 215You are victorious, not warriors.

184वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatदूसरे dūsrē dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] otherबनेंगे banē̃gē bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !  !  !  !

216Some will have to become warriors, will they not?

185तो tō tō thenआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

217Or will others become that?

186चलते chaltē chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]­ ­ ­ ­चलते chaltē chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everक्षत्रिय kṣhatriya kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notबनना bannā bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] become[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

218Do not ever become a warrior whilst moving along.

187अगर agar agar ifबार bār bār[n.f.;sg.] time­ ­ ­ ­बार bār bār[n.f.;sg.] timeक्षत्रिय kṣhatriya kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xबनते रहेंगे bantē rahē̃gē bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā], , , , युद्ध yuddha yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] battleकरते रहेंगे kartē rahē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā]तो tō tō thenयुद्ध yuddha yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] battleके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)संस्कार saṅskār saṅskār[x] sanskarले lē lēnā[root]|lēnā[opt.sg.23] (take[root]|take[opt.sg.23])जाने jānē jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] (go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23])वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoकहाँ kahā̃ kahā̃ whereपहुँचेंगे pahũchēṅgē pahuñchnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] reach[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

219If you become a warrior again and again, if you keep on battling, then where would the sanskars of battling take you? 220The sun dynasty or the moon dynasty?

188चन्द्रवंशी chandravanśhī chandravanśhī[adj.] those of the moon dynastyमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inया yā yā orसूर्यवंशी sūryavanśhī sūryavanśhī[adj.] part of the sun dynastyमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in ?  ?  ?  ?

221But you do not like being part of the moon dynasty, do you?

189तो tō tō thenचन्द्रवंशी chandravanśhī chandravanśhī[adj.] those of the moon dynastyतो tō tō thenपसन्द pasand pasand[n.f.;sg.] loveनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅, , , , कि ki ki[conj.] thatकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] ever­ ­ ­ ­कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everहो गये hō gayē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]तो भी tō bhī tō bhī[x] ∅हर्जा harjā harzā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not ?  ?  ?  ?

222Or does it not matter if you sometimes become this? 223So, who are all of you? 224Brahmins? 225Are you the real Brahmins or are you a little weak?

190तो tō tō thenसब sab sab[adj.] allकौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] whoहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?  ?  ?  ?

226Are the Shaktis strong?

191ब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmin ?  ?  ?  ?

227Are the Pandavs strong?

192पक्के pakkē pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] firmब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])या yā yā orथोड़े thōṛē thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] short­ ­ ­ ­थोड़े thōṛē thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] shortकच्चे kachchē kachchā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] weak ?  ?  ?  ?

228Achcha, now Baba should not receive any more such letters.

193शक्तियाँ śhaktiyā̃ śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] Shaktiपक्की pakkī pakkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] firmहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ? 194पाण्डव pāṇḍav pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] Pandavaपक्के pakkē pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] firmहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

229If you are strong, then Baba should constantly receive letters of good news.

195अगर agar agar ifपक्के pakkē pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] firmहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenसदा sadā sadā constantlyखुशखबरी khuśhkhabarī khuśhkhabarī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] good newsके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)पत्र patra patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] xआवें āvē̃ ānā[opt.pl.12hon3] come[opt.pl.12hon3]. . . .

230"Maya came and this happened. 231What has happened? 232How has it happened?"

196माया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaआ गई ā gaī ānā[past-part.f..root+jānā] come[past-part.f..root+jānā], , , , ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisहो गया hō gayā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā], , , , पता patā patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] knowledgeनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notक्या kyā kyā whatहो गया hō gayā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā], , , , कैसे kaisē kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] howहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])गया-ये gayā-yē x xसंकल्प saṅkalp saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thoughtमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

233You should not have this even in your thoughts. 234Baba says: You must not even have it in your dreams. 235There should be no "why or what" even in your dreams.

197बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherतो tō tō thenकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]स्वप्न svapn svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] dreamमात्र mātra mātra justभी bhī bhī[p.] tooनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

236Are you strong to this extent? 237You have already said yes.

198स्वप्न svapn svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] dreamमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooक्यों kyō̃ kyō̃ why, , , , क्या kyā kyā whatनहीं-ऐसे nahī̃-aisē x xपक्के pakkē pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] firmहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?  ?  ?  ?

238And the Shaktis, are you even more strong? 239Or are you still a little weak?

199शक्तियाँ śhaktiyā̃ śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] Shaktiमहा mahā mahān, mahā greatपक्की pakkī pakkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] firmहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?  ?  ?  ?

240Say, "If the Pandavs are strong, we are even stronger."

200कहो kahō kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , पाण्डव pāṇḍav pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] Pandavaपक्के pakkē pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] firmतो tō tō thenहम ham ham[pn.pl.] weमहा mahā mahān, mahā greatपक्के pakkē pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] firm. . . .

241Because, the Shaktis have been made the instruments.

201क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseशक्तियों śhaktiyō̃ śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] Shaktiको kō kō[postp.] toही hī hī[p.] onlyनिमित्त nimitt nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] instrumentबनाया है banāyā hai banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] create[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

242If the instruments themselves are weak or strong, what would the condition of the others be?

202तो tō tō thenनिमित्त nimitt nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] instrumentवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoही hī hī[p.] onlyकच्चे kachchē kachchā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] weak­ ­ ­ ­पक्के pakkē pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] firmहोंगे hōṅgē hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenऔरों aurō̃ aurō̃ othersका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofक्या kyā kyā whatहाल hāl|hall hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hall (x|hall)होगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23] !  !  !  !

243The Pandavs are the backbone. 244Do you like being the backbone? 245Or do you like causing opposition?

203पाण्डव pāṇḍav pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] Pandavaबैकबोन backbone backbone backboneहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

246It is good to be the backbone.

204बैकबोन backbone backbone backboneबनना bannā bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] become[inf.m.sg.d.]अच्छा लगता है achchhā lagtā hai achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] enjoyना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

247You remain very safe, otherwise, you are beaten.

205या yā yā orसामना करना sāmnā karnā sāmnā karnā[x] face[x]अच्छा लगता है achchhā lagtā hai achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] enjoy ?  ?  ?  ?

248Achcha, you have now reached your sweet home.

206बैकबोन backbone backbone backboneबनना bannā bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] become[inf.m.sg.d.]अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , सेफ safe safe safeहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])बहुत bahut bahut very, , , , नहीं तो nahī̃ tō nahī̃ tō[x] otherwiseमार mār mārnā[root] beat[root]खाते khātē khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] (eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|account). . . .

249You had the thought "We have to go, we have to go." 250What is the thought you have now?

207अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . . 208सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownस्वीट होम sweet home sweet home[x] sweet homeमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inपहुँच गये pahũch gayē pahuñchnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] reach[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]. . . .

251Even now, you still have to go, do you not?

209संकल्प saṅkalp saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thoughtथा-जाना thā-jānā x xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , जाना है jānā hai jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1])और aur aur andअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowफिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)क्या kyā kyā whatसंकल्प saṅkalp saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thoughtहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

252You are going for the sake of service and this is why you are going with happiness.

210अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowभी bhī bhī[p.] tooजाना है jānā hai jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1])ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

253You are going for service, are you not?

211सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceअर्थ arth|earth arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth (meaning|earth)जा रहे हैं jā rahē haĩ jānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] go[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeखुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happiness­ ­ ­ ­खुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happinessसे sē sē[postp.] fromजाते हैं jātē haĩ jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] go[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

254Or will you go to your shop, to your home or your workplace? 255You are going on service.

212सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)जायेंगे jāyēṅgē jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] go[fut.m.pl.12hon3]या yā yā orदुकान dukān dukān[n.f.;sg.] shopपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)जायेंगे jāyēṅgē jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] go[fut.m.pl.12hon3], , , , घर ghar ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] homeमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inजायेंगे jāyēṅgē jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] go[fut.m.pl.12hon3], , , , दफ्तर daphtar daphtar[n.m.;sg.,d.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inजायेंगे jāyēṅgē jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

256Whether it is your workplace or your home, all places are service places. 257There is service at every place for those who are serviceable.

213चाहे chāhē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])दफ्तर daphtar daphtar[n.m.;sg.,d.] xहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]), , , , चाहे chāhē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])घर ghar ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] homeहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]), , , , लेकिन lēkin lēkin butसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)स्थान sthān sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] placeहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

258So, to come to Madhuban, fill your treasure store with zeal and enthusiasm and then to go on service; it is like this, is it not?

214सेवाधारियों sēvādhāriyō̃ sēvādhārī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] serverकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)हर har|her har|harnā[root]|her (x|x[root])जगह jagah jagah[n.f.;sg.] xसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

259You go with great happiness, do you not? 260Or, do you go out of compulsion?

215तो tō tō thenमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआना ānā ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x)और aur aur andउमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zeal­ ­ ­ ­उत्साह utsāh utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] enthusiasmका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofखज़ाना khazānā khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] treasureभरना bharnā bharnā[inf.m.sg.d.] fill[inf.m.sg.d.]और aur aur andफिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)जाना jānā jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]). . . .

261Service means happiness. 262It should not be that you feel that you have karmic accounts or that you are going to settle some debts.

216खुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happiness­ ­ ­ ­खुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happinessसे sē sē[postp.] fromजाते हो jātē hō jānā[pres.pl.m.2] go[pres.pl.m.2]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

263You are going to fulfil your responsibilities.

217कि ki ki[conj.] thatमजबूरी majbūrī majbūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xसे sē sē[postp.] fromजाते हो jātē hō jānā[pres.pl.m.2] go[pres.pl.m.2] ?  ?  ?  ?

264"There are many storks in the family."

218सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceमाना mānā mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.])खुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happiness. . . . 219हिसाबकिताब hisābakitāb x xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , कर्ज karj karjā[n.m.;sg.,d.] debtचुकाने chukānē chukānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[inf.m.pl.,o.]जा रहे हैं jā rahē haĩ jānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] go[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3], , , , ऐसे नहीं aisē nahī̃ aisē nahī̃[x] it isn't that. . . .

265If there were no storks, to whom would you give this knowledge? 266Would you make the swans into swans?

220फर्ज pharja farj[n.m.;sg.,d.] dutyचुकाने chukānē chukānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[inf.m.pl.,o.]जा रहे हैं jā rahē haĩ jānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] go[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

267You have to change the storks into swans.

221घर ghar ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] homeमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inबगुले bagulē bagulā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] storkबहुत bahut bahut veryहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

268What will you remember?

222अगर agar agar ifबगुले bagulē bagulā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] storkनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोंगे hōṅgē hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenज्ञान gyān gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] knowledgeकिसको kiskō kaun[pn.sg.kō] who[.kō]देंगे dēgē dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

269To be a Brahmin who is to become an angel and then an angel who is to become a deity.

223हंस hans hans[x]|hãsnā[root] (swan|laugh out[root])को kō kō[postp.] toहंस hans hans[x]|hãsnā[root] (swan|laugh out[root])बनायेंगे banāyēṅgē banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] create[fut.m.pl.12hon3]क्या kyā kyā what ?  ?  ?  ?

270You will definitely remain this, will you not?

224बगुलों bagulō̃ bagulā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] storkको kō kō[postp.] toही hī hī[p.] onlyतो tō tō thenहंस hans hans[x]|hãsnā[root] (swan|laugh out[root])बनायेंगे banāyēṅgē banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] create[fut.m.pl.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

271Or, will you forget one of them when you travel on the trains?

225तो tō tō thenक्या kyā kyā whatयाद रखेंगे yād rakhē̃gē yād rakhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] remember ?  ?  ?  ?

272And, whilst going to your respective places, will only one remain?

226ब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminसो sō sōnā[root]|sō (sleep[root]|x)फरिश्ता phariśhtā phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] angel, , , , फरिश्ता phariśhtā phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] angelसो sō sōnā[root]|sō (sleep[root]|x)देवता dēvtā dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] deity. . . .

273It will not belike this, will it? 274Are all of you staying comfortably?

227पक्का pakkā pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] firmरहेगा rahēgā rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] remain[fut.m.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

275Do you have any difficulties?

228कि ki ki[conj.] thatट्रेन train train trainमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inजाते jātē jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]­ ­ ­ ­जाते jātē jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneभूल जायेगा bhūl jāyēgā bhūl jānā[fut.m.sg.23] x[fut.m.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

276The double foreigners are still the queens of the beds. 277And the Bharatwasis are the queens of the floor.

229अपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownस्थान sthān sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] placeपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)जाते jātē jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]­ ­ ­ ­जाते jātē jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]बाकी bākī bākī|bākī (but|others)एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneरह rah rahnā[root] remain[root]जाये-ऐसे jāyē-aisē x xतो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

278You like this, do you not? 279It is easy to sleep on the floor, is it not? 280Is it easy or do you remember your beds?

230सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allआराम ārām ārām[x] comfortसे sē sē[postp.] fromरहे rahē rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.])हुए हैं huē haĩ hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

281You do not remember your beds, do you?

231डबल double double doubleफॉरेनर्स foreigners foreigner foreignerफिर भी phir bhī phir bhī[x] neverthelessखटाराणे khaṭārāṇē x xहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]और aur aur andभारतवासी bhāratvāsī bhāratvāsī[adj.] people of Bharatपटराने paṭarānē x x. . . .

282Yes, a time will come when all of you will have a bed, but when will that be? 283When you have made the whole of Abu belong to you.

232पट paṭ paṭ[adj.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसोना sōnā sōnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|sōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] (gold|sleep[inf.m.sg.d.])सहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyलगता है lagtā hai lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] x[pres.sg.m.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ? 233पलंग palaṅg palaṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] xयाद yād yād[n.f.;sg.] remembranceतो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notआते ātē ānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ?  ?  ?  ?

284The happiness of this gathering is even greater than that of the beds and Dunlop beds.

234हाँ hā̃ hā̃ yes, , , , कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeऐसा aisā aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchआयेगा āyēgā ānā[fut.m.sg.23] come[fut.m.sg.23]जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allको kō kō[postp.] toपलंग palaṅg palaṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] xमिलेगा milēgā milnā[fut.m.sg.23] receive[fut.m.sg.23]. . . .

285Just as you sleep comfortably on the Dunlop beds, in the same way, you are able to sleep comfortably here also, are you not?

235लेकिन lēkin lēkin butकब kab kab whenआयेगा āyēgā ānā[fut.m.sg.23] come[fut.m.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ? 236जब jab jab whenसारा sārā sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] the wholeआबू ābū ābū Abuअपना apnā apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] (adopt[root]|one’s own)बनायेंगे banāyēṅgē banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] create[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

286You go to sleep whilst drinking the nectar of knowledge and so you sleep well.

237ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisसंगठन saṅgaṭhan saṅgaṭhan[x] gatheringका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसुख sukh sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] happinessपलंग palaṅg palaṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] xऔर aur aur andडनलप Dunlop Dunlop Dunlop pillowसे sē sē[postp.] fromभी bhī bhī[p.] tooज्यादा jyādā jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] moreहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

287To drink the nectar of knowledge and to eat Brahma bhojan; what else is there?

238यहाँ yahā̃ yahā̃ hereभी bhī bhī[p.] tooआराम ārām ārām[x] comfortसे sē sē[postp.] fromनींद nīnd nīnd[n.f.;sg.] sleepतो tō tō thenआती है ātī hai ānā[pres.sg.f.23] come[pres.sg.f.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

288All of you receive ready prepared food, do you not?

239ज्ञान अमृत gyān amr̥it gyān amr̥it[x] xपीते pītē pīnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] drink[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]­ ­ ­ ­पीते pītē pīnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] drink[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]सो जाते हो sō jātē hō sōnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] sleep[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā], , , , तो tō tō thenकितनी kitnī kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] soअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaनींद nīnd nīnd[n.f.;sg.] sleepकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

289Double foreigners receive ready prepared food, do you not? 290There, you have to prepare it yourself.

240ज्ञान अमृत gyān amr̥it gyān amr̥it[x] xपीना pīnā pīnā[inf.m.sg.d.] drink[inf.m.sg.d.]और aur aur andब्रह्मा भोजन brahmā bhōjan brahmā bhōjan[x] Brahma bhojanखाना khānā khānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|khānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] (eat[inf.m.sg.d.]|eat[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]). . . .

291The mothers also receive ready prepared food, do you not? 292Achcha.

241सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allको kō kō[postp.] toबना banā bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root])­ ­ ­ ­बनाया banāyā banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] create[past-part.m.sg.d.]भोजन bhōjan bhōjan[n.m.;sg.,d.] foodमिलता है miltā hai milnā[pres.sg.m.23] receive[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

293All of you are happy. 294You have the fortune of happiness and you have a happy face.

242सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allखुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

295Or does your face sometimes become something else?

243खुशनसीब khuśhnasīb khuśhnasīb[adj.] having the fortune of happinessभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]और aur aur andखुशमिजाज khuśhamijāj khuśhmizāj[adj.] xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

296Do you constantly have a happy face or is it sometimes serious and sometimes happy? 297It is not like this, is it?

244कि ki ki[conj.] thatकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everसीरियस serious serious serious, , , , कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everखुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyमिजाज mijāj mijāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] x ?  ?  ?  ?

298You have the fortune of happiness and you are those who constantly have a happy face.

245कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everशक्ल śhakla śhakla[n.f.;sg.] faceमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inअन्तर antar antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] differenceनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notआना चाहिए ānā chāhiē ānā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|ānā[.oblig3] (come[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|come[.oblig3]). . . .

299There should never be a difference visible on your face.

246जब jab jab whenक्रोध krōdh krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] angerया yā yā orगुस्सा gussā gussā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] angerआता है ātā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.23] come[pres.sg.m.23]तो tō tō thenचेहरा chēhrā chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] faceलाल lāl lāl[adj.] x­ ­ ­ ­पीला pīlā pīlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

300When you become angry or when, internally, you have a lot of anger, then is your face happy or is it red or yellow?

247सदा sadā sadā constantlyचेहराहर्षितमुख cēharāharṣitamukh x xहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

301So your face should constantly be cheerful.

248इसको iskō yah[pn.sg.kō] this[.kō]कहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]खुशमिजाज khuśhamijāj khuśhmizāj[adj.] xरहना rahnā rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

302This is known as constantly having a happy face.

249अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha, , , , सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allजितना jitnā jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] the moreबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherको kō kō[postp.] toयाद करते हैं yād kartē haĩ yād karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] rememberऔर aur aur andदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartसे sē sē[postp.] fromप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveकरते kartē karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]तो tō tō thenबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allको kō kō[postp.] toआपसे āpsē āp[pn.pl.sē] you[.sē]पदमगुणा padamguṇā padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] multimillion-foldयाद yād yād[n.f.;sg.] remembranceकरते kartē karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]और aur aur andप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . . 250बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherसे sē sē[postp.] fromपूछते हैं pūchhtē haĩ pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatसारा sārā sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] the wholeदिन din din[n.m.;sg.,d.] dayक्या kyā kyā whatकरते हो kartē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] do[pres.pl.m.2] ?  ?  ?  ?

303Your face should always be happy. 304It should not sometimes be like one thing and another thing at other times. 305To the extent that all of you remember Baba and have love for Him in your heart, so accordingly, Baba remembers and loves each of you multimillion times.

251बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherक्या kyā kyā whatकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatसारा sārā sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] the wholeदिन din din[n.m.;sg.,d.] dayबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childको kō kō[postp.] toही hī hī[p.] onlyयाद करते हैं yād kartē haĩ yād karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] remember. . . . 252और aur aur andकाम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (task|lust)ही hī hī[p.] onlyक्या kyā kyā whatहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

306You ask Baba: What do you do throughout the whole day? 307So what does Baba say? 308That He only remembers the children throughout the whole day.

253ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisनशा naśhā naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] intoxicationहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

309What else does He have to do?

254दुनिया duniyā duniyā[n.f.;sg.] worldवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherको kō kō[postp.] toयाद करते हैं yād kartē haĩ yād karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] rememberऔर aur aur andबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherआपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]याद करते हैं yād kartē haĩ yād karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] remember. . . .

310You have this intoxication, do you not? 311People of the world remember the Father and the Father is remembering you.

255अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha !  !  !  !

312Achcha.

256गुजरात gujarāt gujarāt Gujarat- - - -गुजरात gujarāt gujarāt Gujaratको kō kō[postp.] toएवररेडी ever ready ever ready ever-readyरहने rahnē rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.pl.,o.], , , , जी jī jīnā[past-part.f.]|jīnā[root]|jī[x] (live[past-part.f.]|live[root]|ji)हाँ hā̃ hā̃ yesकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofवरदान vardān vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] blessingमिला milā milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.])हुआ है huā hai hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

313Gujarat: What blessing has Gujarat received? 314Of being ever­ready. 315Of saying "Ha ji". 316Is Gujarat like this?

257गुजरात gujarāt gujarāt Gujaratमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inदो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])विशेषताओं viśhēṣhatāō̃ viśhēṣhtā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] specialityकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)निशानी niśhānī niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] signअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowभी bhī bhī[p.] tooदिखाई देती है dikhāī dētī hai dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.f.23] be visibleऔर aur aur andआगे āgē āgē previouslyभी bhī bhī[p.] tooदिखाते dikhātē dikhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]रहना है rahnā hai rahnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] remain[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . .

317So, Gujarat is even now visible as having the sign of two specialities; and you have to reveal these two in the future also.

258वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatदो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])निशानियाँ niśhāniyā̃ niśhānī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] signव va va xदो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])विशेषतायें viśhēṣhatāyē̃ viśhēṣhtā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] specialityकौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] who­ ­ ­ ­सी see|sī|C see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C (see|x)हैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ? 259सन्तुष्टता santuṣhṭatā santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] contentmentऔर aur aur andप्रसन्नता prasannatā prasannatā[n.f.;sg.] happiness. . . .

318The two signs, the two specialities, are to constantly remain satisfied; and only when you are content can you remain satisfied.

260प्रसन्नता prasannatā prasannatā[n.f.;sg.] happinessभी bhī bhī[p.] tooतब tab tab for only thenरहती है rahtī hai rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] remain[pres.sg.f.23]जब jab jab whenसन्तुष्टता santuṣhṭatā santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] contentmentहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . . 261तो tō tō thenये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisदो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])विशेषतायें viśhēṣhatāyē̃ viśhēṣhtā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] specialityविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]और aur aur andसदा sadā sadā constantlyरहेंगी rahē̃gī rahnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] remain[fut.f.pl.12hon3]. . . .

319So, you especially have the two specialities of being satisfied and content and you will always have these specialities.

262समझा samjhā samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ?  ?  ?  ?

320Do you understand?

263गुजरात gujarāt gujarāt Gujaratवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everअसन्तुष्ट asantuṣhṭ asantuṣhṭ[adj.] discontentन na na[neg] notरहेंगे rahē̃gē rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3], , , , न na na[neg] notकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

321Those from Gujarat will never be dissatisfied nor will they make others dissatisfied.

264दो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])विशेषताओं viśhēṣhatāō̃ viśhēṣhtā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] specialityके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)कारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] becauseसदा sadā sadā constantlyउड़ते रहेंगे uṛtē rahē̃gē uṛnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] fly[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā]. . . .

322Because of these two specialities, you will constantly continue to fly.

265गुजरात gujarāt gujarāt Gujaratविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialब्रह्मा brahmā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmaबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherने nē nē[postp.] ∅अपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownसंकल्प saṅkalp saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thoughtसे sē sē[postp.] fromस्थापन sthāpan sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] establishmentकिया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

323Gujarat has especially been established by the thought of father Brahma.

266और aur aur andजन्मते ही janmatē hī janmatē hī[x] xसदा sadā sadā constantlyसहयोगी sahyōgī sahyōgī[adj.] co-operativeरहे हैं rahē haĩ rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]और aur aur andअब ab ab[adv.] nowभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . . 267समझा samjhā samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) !  !  !  !

324And, as soon as you took birth, you constantly became co­operative and you are this even now.

268सहयोग sahyōg sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] cooperationकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)अंगुली aṅgulī aṅgulī, uṅglī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] fingerसदा sadā sadā constantlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

325Did those from Gujarat understand?

269देखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , कोई भी kōī bhī kōī bhī[x] anyoneप्रोग्राम programme programme programmeहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23], , , , सीजन season season seasonभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहोती है hōtī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] be[pres.sg.f.23]तो tō tō thenब्रह्मा भोजन brahmā bhōjan brahmā bhōjan[x] Brahma bhojanमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inगुजरात gujarāt gujarāt Gujaratकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)माताओं mātāō̃ mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] motherको kō kō[postp.] toयाद करते हैं yād kartē haĩ yād karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] rememberना nā nā ∅. . . .

326You constantly have the finger of co­ operation. 327Look, whenever there is any programme or even during the season, who is especially remembered? 328The mothers of Gujarat are remembered.

270कितनी kitnī kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] soभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someरोटी rōṭī rōṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] rotiबनावे banāvē banānā[opt.sg.23] create[opt.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butगुजरात gujarāt gujarāt Gujaratजैसी jaisī jaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] likeनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notबना banā bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root])सकते saktē saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.], , , , ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisविशेषता viśhēṣhtā viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] specialityहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

329No matter how many chapatis others make, they are not able to make them like those from Gujarat make them. 330This is your speciality.

271तो tō tō thenहर har|her har|harnā[root]|her (x|x[root])कार्य kārya kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] taskमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inएवररेडी ever ready ever ready ever-readyरहने rahnē rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those who. . . .

331You are those who remain ever ready in every task.

272अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha !  !  !  !

332Achcha.

273इस्टर्न eastern eastern x- - - -इस्टर्न eastern eastern xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसूर्य sūrya sūrya, sūraj[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunउदय uday uday[n.m.;sg.,d.] riseहो गया hō gayā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]. . . .

333Eastern:The sun has risen in the Eastern Zone.

274इस्टर्न eastern eastern xजोन zone zone zoneवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoसदा sadā sadā constantlyही hī hī[p.] onlyस्वयं svayã svayã xको kō kō[postp.] toऔर aur aur andऔरों aurō̃ aurō̃ othersको kō kō[postp.] toपूज्य pūjya pūjya[adj.] worthy of worshipआत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulबनाने banānē banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] create[inf.m.pl.,o.]की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)प्रेरणा prērṇā prērṇā[n.f.;sg.] inspirationदेने dēnē dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] give[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . . 275क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseइस्टर्न eastern eastern xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inपूजा pūjā pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|pūjā[n.f.;sg.] (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|worship)बहुत bahut bahut veryहोती है hōtī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] be[pres.sg.f.23]. . . . 276तो tō tō thenपुजारी pujārī pujārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] worshipperबहुत bahut bahut veryहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

334The souls from the Eastern Zone are constantly those who give others the inspirations to make the self and others into worship­worthy souls, because a lot of worshipping takes place in the Eastern Zone, and so there are a lot of worshippers.

277तो tō tō thenपुजारियों pujāriyō̃ pujārī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] worshipperको kō kō[postp.] toपूज्य pūjya pūjya[adj.] worthy of worshipबनाना banānā banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] create[inf.m.sg.d.]- - - -इस is yah[pn.sg.o.] thisसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofचांस chance chance chanceइस्टर्न eastern eastern xजोन zone zone zoneको kō kō[postp.] toबहुत bahut bahut veryहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

335The Eastern Zone has a lot of chances to carry out the service of making worshippers into worship­worthy souls.

278और aur aur andजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatज्यादा में ज्यादा jyādā mē̃ jyādā jyādā mē̃ jyādā[x] at the mostपुजारी pujārī pujārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] worshipperसे sē sē[postp.] fromपूज्य pūjya pūjya[adj.] worthy of worshipबनाते हैं banātē haĩ banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] create[pres.pl.m.12hon3], , , , उसकी uskī vah[pn.sg.kī] that[.kī]पूजा pūjā pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|pūjā[n.f.;sg.] (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|worship)बहुत bahut bahut veryजन्म janm janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] (life|be born[root])और aur aur andबहुत bahut bahut veryविधिपूर्वक vidhipūrvak vidhipūrvak with disciplineहोती है hōtī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] be[pres.sg.f.23]. . . .

336Those who make the most number of worshipper­souls into worship­worthy souls are worshipped for many births and accurately according to the right method.

279तो tō tō thenइस्टर्न eastern eastern xवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoपूज्य pūjya pūjya[adj.] worthy of worshipबनाने banānē banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] create[inf.m.pl.,o.]के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)कारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] becauseबहुत bahut bahut veryबड़े baṛē baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] veryपूज्य pūjya pūjya[adj.] worthy of worshipआत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulअनेक anēk anēk[adj.] manyजन्म janm janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] (life|be born[root])बनने bannē bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] become[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

337So, because the souls from the Eastern Zone make other souls into worship­worthy souls, they are going to become the worship­worthy souls for many births.

280यही yahī yahī[pn.;d.] thisसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकरते हो kartē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] do[pres.pl.m.2]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

338You do this service, do you not?

281पुजारी pujārī pujārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] worshipperसे sē sē[postp.] fromपूज्य pūjya pūjya[adj.] worthy of worshipबनते हैं bantē haĩ bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] become[pres.pl.m.12hon3]या yā yā orसिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyदर्शन darśhan darśhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] visionकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoबनते हैं bantē haĩ bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

339Do worship­worthy souls become worship­worthy from being worshippers or do they simply become those who have a glimpse? 340What happens?

282क्या kyā kyā whatहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

341Those from the Eastern Zone should speak.

283तो tō tō thenइस्टर्न eastern eastern xजोन zone zone zoneको kō kō[postp.] toपूज्य pūjya pūjya[adj.] worthy of worshipबनाने banānē banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] create[inf.m.pl.,o.]का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialवरदान vardān vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] blessingभी bhī bhī[p.] tooमिला milā milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.])हुआ है huā hai hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23]और aur aur andचांस chance chance chanceभी bhī bhī[p.] tooमिला milā milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.])हुआ है huā hai hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

342You change the worshippers into worship­worthy souls. 343So the Eastern Zone has received the special blessing of making souls worship­worthy.

284तो tō tō thenनशा naśhā naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] intoxicationरहता है rahtā hai rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] remain[pres.sg.m.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatहम ham ham[pn.pl.] weपूज्य pūjya pūjya[adj.] worthy of worshipआत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soulहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]और aur aur andऔरों aurō̃ aurō̃ othersको kō kō[postp.] toभी bhī bhī[p.] tooपूज्य pūjya pūjya[adj.] worthy of worshipबनाने banānē banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] create[inf.m.pl.,o.]के निमित्त kē nimitt kē nimitt[x] xहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

344So you have a special chance and also the blessing. 345Do you have the intoxication that you are the worship­worthy souls who will be instruments to make others the same?

285समझा samjhā samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ?  ?  ?  ?

346Do you understand?

286इस्टर्न eastern eastern xजोन zone zone zoneकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)विशेषता viśhēṣhtā viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] speciality- - - -ब्रह्मा brahmā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmaबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)प्रत्यक्षता pratyakṣhatā pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] revelationभूमि bhūmi bhūmi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . . 287तो tō tō thenभूमि bhūmi bhūmi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xको kō kō[postp.] toभी bhī bhī[p.] tooवरदान vardān vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] blessingहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

347Achcha. 348The teachers have renounced something; they are sitting at the back, they have given others the chance to sit at the front. 349It is good.

288इस्टर्न eastern eastern xजोन zone zone zoneमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inही hī hī[p.] onlyब्रह्मा brahmā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmaबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inप्रत्यक्षता pratyakṣhatā pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] revelationहुई huī hōnā[past-part.f.] be[past-part.f.]. . . .

350The speciality of the Eastern Zone is that it is the land of revelation of father Brahma.

289तो tō tō thenकितनी kitnī kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] soश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedभूमि bhūmi bhūmi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] !  !  !  !

351So even the land has this blessing.

290भूमि bhūmi bhūmi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevated, , , , सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceभी bhī bhī[p.] tooश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedऔर aur aur andसेवाधारी sēvādhārī sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] serverभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसदा sadā sadā constantlyश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevated. . . .

352So, in the Eastern Zone also, there was the revelation of father Brahma. 353So, it is such an elevated land!

291अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha- - - - ( ( ( (सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allने nē nē[postp.] ∅खूब khūb khūb[adj.] a lotतालियां tāliyā̃ tālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] clappingबजाई bajāī bajānā[past-part.f.] play[past-part.f.]) ) ) ) ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchही hī hī[p.] onlyसदा sadā sadā constantlyखुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happinessमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inतालियाँ tāliyā̃ tālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] clappingबजाते bajātē bajānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] play[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]रहना rahnā rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

354The land is elevated, the service is elevated and the servers are also constantly elevated.

292खुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happinessकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)तालियाँ tāliyā̃ tālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] clappingकौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] who­ ­ ­ ­सी see|sī|C see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C (see|x)होती हैं hōtī haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] be[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

355Achcha, constantly clap your hands in happiness in the same way.

293खुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happinessकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)ताली tālī tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] clappingबजाने bajānē bajānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] play[inf.m.pl.,o.]आती हैं ātī haĩ ānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] come[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

356What are the claps of happiness?

294ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisतालियाँ tāliyā̃ tālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] clappingतो tō tō thenस्थूल sthūl sthūl[adj.] physicalहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

357Do you know how to clap in happiness?

295खुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happinessकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)ताली tālī tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] clappingकौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] who­ ­ ­ ­सी see|sī|C see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C (see|x)है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

358This clapping is physical. 359What is the clap of happiness?

296खुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happinessकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)ताली tālī tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] clappingहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]मुस्कराना muskarānā muskarānā[inf.m.sg.d.] smile[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

360The clap of happiness is to smile.

297यहाँ yahā̃ yahā̃ hereभले bhalē bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] benefitबजाओ bajāō bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , मना manā manānā[root]|manā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] (celebrate[root]|x)नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butवहाँ vahā̃ vahā̃ thereजाकर jākar jānā[abs.] go[abs.]खुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happinessकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)ताली tālī tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] clappingसदा sadā sadā constantlyबजाते bajātē bajānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] play[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]रहना rahnā rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

361You may clap your hands here, but when you return home, constantly clap in happiness. 362Not just the Eastern Zone, but all of you should do this.

298सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

363Whoever sees you should start to clap.

299आपकी āpkī āp[pn.pl.kī] you[.kī]खुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happinessऔर aur aur andमुस्कराहट muskarāhaṭ muskarāhaṭ[n.f.;sg.] xऐसी aisī aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] suchहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatआपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]देखने dēkhnē dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] see[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoभी bhī bhī[p.] tooताली tālī tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] clappingबजाना bajānā bajānā[inf.m.sg.d.] play[inf.m.sg.d.]शुरू śhurū śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] beginningकर दें kar dē̃ karnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] do[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā]. . . .

364Your happiness and smile should be such that others begin to clap. 365Bombay, Poona: The mothers of Poona are sitting at the front.

300बाम्बे bāmbē bāmbē Bombay, , , , पूना pūnā pūnā x- - - -पूना pūnā pūnā xऔर aur aur andबाम्बे bāmbē bāmbē Bombayसदा sadā sadā constantlyही hī hī[p.] onlyिफक्र iphakra x xसे sē sē[postp.] fromफारिग phārig fārig[adj.] freeरहने rahnē rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those who. . . .

366You are clever in taking a chance. 367So Poona and Bombay is the land of those who are the carefree emperors who are free from any worry.

301बाम्बे bāmbē bāmbē Bombayभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबेफिक्रबादशाहों bēphikrabādaśāhō̃ x xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofस्थान sthān sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] placeहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]और aur aur andपूना pūnā pūnā xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबेफिक्र bēphikr bēphikr[adj.] carefreeबादशाहों bādśhāhō̃ bādśhāh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] emperorका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofस्थान sthān sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] placeहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

368Bombay is the place of the carefree emperors and Poona is also the place of the carefree emperors. 369So, are you free from any kind of worry?

302तो tō tō thenसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allबेफिक्रहो bēphikrahō x x ?  ?  ?  ?

370You are not saying yes to this.

303या yā yā orथोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] short­ ­ ­ ­थोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortिफक्र iphakra x xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ? 304स्वयं svayã svayã xबेफिक्रबादशाह bēphikrabādaśāh x xहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]और aur aur andदूसरों dūsrō̃ dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] otherके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooिफक्र iphakra x xको kō kō[postp.] toमिटाने miṭānē miṭānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

371Are you carefree: Are Bombay and Poona free from any worry or do you have a little worry? 372You yourselves are the carefree emperors and you are those who finish the worries of others.

305सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allको kō kō[postp.] toबेफिक्र बादशाह bēphikr bādśhāh bēphikr bādśhāh[x] carefree emperorबनाने banānē banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] create[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

373You are those who make everyone into carefree emperors.

306तो tō tō thenबादशाही bādśhāhī bādśhāhī[adj.] sovereigntyदेने dēnē dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] give[inf.m.pl.,o.]में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहोशियार hōśhiyār hōśhiyār[adj.] cleverहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ना nā nā ∅. . . .

374So, you are clever in giving the kingdom to others, are you not?

307गरीब garīb garīb[adj.] xको kō kō[postp.] toबादशाह bādśhāh bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] emperorबनाना banānā banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] create[inf.m.sg.d.]आता है ātā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.23] come[pres.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

375Do youk now how to make the poor ones into emperors?

308बेफिक्रबादशाह bēphikrabādaśāh x xबनाने banānē banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] create[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoऔर aur aur andस्वयं svayã svayã xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसदा sadā sadā constantlyबेफिक्ररहने bēphikrarahanē x xवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those who, , , , यही yahī yahī[pn.;d.] thisसंगमयुग saṅgamyug saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] confluence ageके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)श्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedआत्माओं ātmāō̃ ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] soulकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)विशेषता viśhēṣhtā viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] specialityहै-बेफिक्रबादशाह hai-bēphikrabādaśāh x x. . . .

376What type of emperor will you make them? 377Into carefree emperors. 378So you are those who constantly remain carefree and who make others carefree. 379This is the speciality of the elevated souls of the confluence age: to be a carefree emperor.

309तो tō tō thenबादशाह bādśhāh bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] emperorहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])कि ki ki[conj.] thatकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everप्रजा prajā prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबन जाते हो ban jātē hō bannā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] become[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] ?  ?  ?  ?

380So, are you the emperors or do you sometimes even become the subjects? 381It is good.

310सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआगे āgē āgē previouslyबढ़ रहे हैं baṛh rahē haĩ baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] grow[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]और aur aur andबढ़ते रहेंगे baṛhtē rahē̃gē baṛhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] grow[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā]. . . .

382Whether it is Bombay or Poona, you are moving forward in service and will continue to do so.

311पूना pūnā pūnā xवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoने nē nē[postp.] ∅कितने kitnē kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] soसेवास्थान sēvāsthān sēvāsthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] service placeबनाये हैं banāyē haĩ banānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] create[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

383How many service centres have those from Poona created?

312 ( ( ( (22 22 22 22) ) ) ) और aur aur andगीता gītā gītā[n.f.;sg.] Gitaपाठशालायें pāṭhśhālāyē̃ pāṭhśhālā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] pathshalaकितनी kitnī kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] soहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

384(22) Achcha. 385And how many Gita Pathshalas are there?

313 ( ( ( (300 300 300 300) ) ) ) तो tō tō thenदेखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहोशियार hōśhiyār hōśhiyār[adj.] cleverहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ना nā nā ∅. . . .

386(300). 387Look, you are clever in service, are you not?

314और aur aur andबाम्बे bāmbē bāmbē Bombayमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसेवाकेन्द्र sēvākēndra sēvākēndra[n.m.;sg.,d.] centreकितने kitnē kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] soहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

388And how many service centres are there in Bombay?(36).

315 ( ( ( (36 36 36 36) ) ) ) और aur aur andगीता gītā gītā[n.f.;sg.] Gitaपाठशालायें pāṭhśhālāyē̃ pāṭhśhālā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] pathshala ?  ?  ?  ?

389And how many Gita Pathshalas? 390They are countless.

316वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatअनगिनत anginat anginat[x] countless !  !  !  !

391It is good.

317अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , वैसे vaisē vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xतो tō tō thenचारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereसेवायें sēvāyē̃ sēvā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] serviceवृद्धि vr̥iddhi vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] growthको kō kō[postp.] toप्राप्त कर prāpt kar prāpt karnā[root] reachही hī hī[p.] onlyरही हैं rahī haĩ rahnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] remain[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)दुआओं duāō̃ duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] blessingद्वारा dvārā dvārā throughस्व sva sva xकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)उड़ती uṛtī uṛnā[pres-part.f.] fly[pres-part.f.]कला kalā kalā[n.f.;sg.] degreeऔर aur aur andसर्व sarv sarv[adj.] allकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)उड़ती uṛtī uṛnā[pres-part.f.] fly[pres-part.f.]कला kalā kalā[n.f.;sg.] degree, , , , ऐसी aisī aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] suchस्पीड speed speed xतीव्र tīvr tīvr[adj.] intenseबनाते banātē banānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] create[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]चलो chalō chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

392In fact, service is expanding in four directions. 393However, with the blessings from service, make your speed of the flying stage of the self and of others fast. 394This is why BapDada is constantly happy with your service.

318इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)सदा sadā sadā constantlyखुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

395You are happy, are you not? 396You are also happy, are you not?

319आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youभी bhī bhī[p.] tooखुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ? 320अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] now9 9 9 9लाख lākh lākh[x] 100,000पूरे pūrē pūrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] fullनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकिये हैं kiyē haĩ karnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

397You have not yet created 900,000. You still have to do this.

321अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowवो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatकरना है karnā hai karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] do[pres.sg.23.oblig1]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butफिर भी phir bhī phir bhī[x] neverthelessकर रहे हैं kar rahē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3], , , , तो tō tō thenजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatकर रहे हैं kar rahē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]उस us vah[pn.sg.o.] thatपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaखुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

398You are still doing this, and so BapDada is happy to see what you are doing. 399But you still have a margin to do this.

322लेकिन lēkin lēkin butअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)मार्जिन margin margin xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , समाप्त samāpt samāpt[adj.] finishedनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहुआ है huā hai hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

400It has not yet been completed. 401How much population do you say there is?

323अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowकितने kitnē kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] soतैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xहुए हैं huē haĩ hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

402How many have been prepared? 403(300,000).

324 ( ( ( (3 3 3 3लाख lākh lākh[x] 100,000) ) ) ) अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowतो tō tō thenडबल double double doubleपड़ा है paṛā hai paṛnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] fall[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

404At present, there are still double that amount left.

325अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneपरसेन्ट percent percent %बना है banā hai bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] become[pres-perf.sg.m.23], , , , दो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])परसेन्ट percent percent %रह गया है rah gayā hai rahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] remain[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā]. . . .

405You have only created one third, and two­thirds still remain.

326तो tō tō thenदेखेंगे dēkhē̃gē dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] see[fut.m.pl.12hon3]9 9 9 9लाख lākh lākh[x] 100,000का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofहार hār hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hārnā[root] (x|x[root]) ( ( ( (नौलखा naulakhā x xहार hār hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hārnā[root] (x|x[root])) ) ) ) बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherको kō kō[postp.] toकौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] whoपहनाता है pahnātā hai pahnānā[pres.sg.m.23] make wear[pres.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

406So, you speak of 900,000, do you not? 407So we shall see who puts this around Baba.

327कौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] whoतैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xकरता है kartā hai karnā[pres.sg.m.23] do[pres.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ? 328अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . .

408We shall see who prepares this rosary.

329कर्नाटक karnāṭak karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] Karnataka, , , , आन्ध्र āndhra āndhra[n.m.;sg.,d.] Andhraप्रदेश pradēśh pradēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] x- - - -कर्नाटक karnāṭak karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] Karnatakaमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inमैजारिटी majority majority majorityस्नेही snēhī snēhī[adj.] lovingआत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soulबहुत bahut bahut veryहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)स्नेही snēhī snēhī[adj.] lovingमैजारिटी majority majority majorityहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

409Will those from Bombay and Poona do this? 410You are both in Maharashtra, are you not? 411So those from Maharashtra will put the garland of 900,000around Baba's neck. 412It is good.

330तो tō tō thenस्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveसहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyयाद yād yād[n.f.;sg.] remembranceका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसाधन sādhan sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] facilitiesहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . . 331और aur aur andजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatस्वयं svayã svayã xस्नेही snēhī snēhī[adj.] lovingहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatऔरों aurō̃ aurō̃ othersको kō kō[postp.] toभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyस्नेही snēhī snēhī[adj.] lovingबना देता है banā dētā hai bannā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] (become[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|create[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā]). . . .

413Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh:The majority of souls in Karnataka are loving souls. 414The majority are loving to the Father. 415So, love is the easy method for remembrance.

332तो tō tō thenकर्नाटक karnāṭak karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] Karnatakaको kō kō[postp.] toविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialयह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisवरदान vardān vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] blessingहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]वा vā vā orविशेषता viśhēṣhtā viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] specialityहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

416And those who themselves are loving easily make others into loving souls.

333तो tō tō thenस्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]और aur aur andस्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)कारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] becauseवृद्धि vr̥iddhi vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] growthभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

417So those from Karnataka have this special blessing and speciality.

334अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowस्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveको kō kō[postp.] toप्रैक्टिकल practical practical practicalमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inलाते lātē lānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])और aur aur andऔर aur aur andज्यादा jyādā jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] moreस्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)शक्ति śhakti śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Shaktiसे sē sē[postp.] fromऔर aur aur andआगे āgē āgē previouslyबढ़ते baṛhtē baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]रहना rahnā rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

418You have love and, because of love, there is also expansion. 419Now, you put this love into the practical form, and with the power of greater love, continue to move forward even more.

335तो tō tō thenस्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)कारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] becauseबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherको kō kō[postp.] toभूलते bhūltē bhūlnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] forget[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]कम cum|kam cum|kam[adj.] (x|less)हैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butभूलते हैं bhūltē haĩ bhūlnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] forget[pres.pl.m.12hon3]तो tō tō thenबहुत bahut bahut veryभूलते हैं bhūltē haĩ bhūlnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] forget[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

420You do not forget the Father so much because of love, but when you do forget, you forget Him very much.

336क्यों kyō̃ kyō̃ why ?  ?  ?  ?

421Why?

337कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] ever­ ­ ­ ­कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everभूलने bhūlnē bhūlnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] forget[inf.m.pl.,o.]के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooसमाचार samāchār samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] newsआते हैं ātē haĩ ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

422Baba sometimes receives news of children forgetting.

338लेकिन lēkin lēkin butस्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)विशेषता viśhēṣhtā viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] specialityको kō kō[postp.] toकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everभी bhī bhī[p.] tooछोड़ना chhōṛnā chhōṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] renounce[inf.m.sg.d.]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

423However, Karnataka should never let go of the speciality of being loving.

339ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneड्रामानुसार ḍrāmānusār ḍrāmānusār xकर्नाटक karnāṭak karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] Karnatakaको kō kō[postp.] toविशेषता viśhēṣhtā viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] specialityमिली milī milnā[past-part.f.] receive[past-part.f.]हुई है huī hai hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23], , , , इसको iskō yah[pn.sg.kō] this[.kō]यूज use use useकर kar karnā[root] do[root]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooरहे हैं rahē haĩ rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3], , , , और aur aur andभी bhī bhī[p.] tooआगे āgē āgē previouslyअन्डरलाइन underline underline underlineकर kar karnā[root] do[root]आगे āgē āgē previouslyबढ़ते baṛhtē baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]रहना rahnā rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

424Karnataka has received this speciality according to the drama. 425You are using it, but underline it for the future and continue to move forward. 426Baba should not receive any such news from Karnataka any more. 427Are you ready in this way?

340ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchतैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

428Teachers, raise your hand.

341अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . .

429Achcha.

342टीचर्स teachers teacher teacherये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisसमझती हैं samajhtī haĩ samajhnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] understand[pres.pl.f.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatआज āj āj todayके बाद kē bād kē bād[x] afterकर्नाटक karnāṭak karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] Karnatakaसे sē sē[postp.] fromस्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बिना binā binā withoutऔर कोई aur kōī aur kōī[x] someone elseसमाचार samāchār samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] newsनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notआयेंगे āyēṅgē ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

430Do the teachers think that after today there will not be any news apart from that of love from Karnataka? 431Do the teachers have this courage?

343हिम्मत himmat himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] courageहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]टीचर्स teachers teacher teacherमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in ?  ?  ?  ?

432Say yes or no! 433Achcha, Dadi Chandermani has been given Karnataka.

344हाँ hā̃ hā̃ yesबोलो bōlō bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]या yā yā orना nā nā ∅बोलो bōlō bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

434So, do you have such a guarantee?

345अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha, , , , ऐसी aisī aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] suchगैरेन्टी guarantee guarantee guaranteeहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ? 346जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatसमझते हैं samajhtē haĩ samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatइस is yah[pn.sg.o.] thisविशेषता viśhēṣhtā viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] specialityको kō kō[postp.] toप्रैक्टिकल practical practical practicalमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inलाना lānā lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] x[inf.m.sg.d.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatहाथ उठाओ hāth uṭhāō hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] raise your hands. . . .

435Achcha, those who think that you have to put this speciality into its practical form, raise your hand. 436Whether you are teachers or students, raise your hand. 437So, is it Ha ji or Na Ji?

347अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowदेखना dēkhnā dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] see[inf.m.sg.d.]कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someपत्र patra patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] xऐसा aisā aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notआयेगा āyēgā ānā[fut.m.sg.23] come[fut.m.sg.23]. . . .

438(Ha ji). 439Now look, there will not be any such letters.

348ठीक ṭhīk ṭhīk[adj.] OKहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

440Is this all right?

349मंजूर mañjūr mañjūr[adj.] agreeहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

441You agree to this.

350अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , स्नेही snēhī snēhī[adj.] lovingतो tō tō thenबहुत bahut bahut veryहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

442It is good. 443You are very loving.

351दृष्टि dr̥iṣhṭi dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] drishtiके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)इतने itnē itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchस्नेही snēhī snēhī[adj.] lovingहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , भाषा bhāṣhā bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] languageनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notसमझें samajhē̃ samajhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] understand[opt.pl.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butस्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveबहुत bahut bahut veryहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

444You have so much love for drishti. 445You may not understand the language, but you have a lot of love.

352तो tō tō thenबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaस्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveको kō kō[postp.] toदेख dēkh dēkhnā[root] see[root]खुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyहोते हैं hōtē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

446So BapDada is happy to see this love. 447However, you have to become complete.

353लेकिन lēkin lēkin butसम्पूर्ण sampūrṇ sampūrṇ[adj.] completeतो tō tō thenबनना है bannā hai bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] become[pres.sg.23.oblig1]ना nā nā ∅. . . . 354तो tō tō thenथोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortभी bhī bhī[p.] tooस्नेही snēhī snēhī[adj.] lovingआत्माओं ātmāō̃ ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] soulके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बीच bīch bīch centreमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरूकावट rūkāvaṭ rūkāvaṭ[n.f.;sg.] obstructionनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notआनी चाहिये ānī chāhiyē ānā[.oblig3] come[.oblig3]. . . .

448There shouldn't be the slightest obstacle amidst the loving souls, because Karnataka has constantly showed plays. 449Karnataka are those who perform the play. 450So what play will you perform?

355इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeकर्नाटक karnāṭak karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] Karnatakaसदा sadā sadā constantlyये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisस्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofनाटक nāṭak nāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] playकरके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]दिखाये dikhāyē dikhānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]. . . .

451The play of love. 452Even so, BapDada sees that you are clever in expanding.

356फिर भी phir bhī phir bhī[x] neverthelessबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaदेखते हैं dēkhtē haĩ dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] see[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatवृद्धि vr̥iddhi vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] growthकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहोशियार hōśhiyār hōśhiyār[adj.] cleverहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

453So what play will you show? 454That of love. 455To be loving and to remain loving. 456Do you understand?

357लेकिन lēkin lēkin butसदा sadā sadā constantlyस्नेही snēhī snēhī[adj.] lovingरहना rahnā rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.]और aur aur andस्नेही snēhī snēhī[adj.] lovingबनाना banānā banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] create[inf.m.sg.d.], , , , स्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofही hī hī[p.] onlyनाटक nāṭak nāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] playकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . . 358समझा samjhā samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ?  ?  ?  ?

457Achcha. 458Andhra Pradesh:Andhra Pradesh is in connection with those from Karnataka. 459Look, Andhra has surrounded all four directions.

359अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha- - - -आन्ध्रा āndhrā āndhra pradēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] Andhra Pradeshवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoक्या kyā kyā whatकमाल kamāl kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] xकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

460It is towards Maharashtra and also towards Orissa. 461So what wonders will those from Andhra perform?

360सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inस्व sva sva x­ ­ ­ ­उन्नति unnati unnati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] self-progressमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inनम्बरवन number one number one number one. . . .

462To claim the number one in service and in self­progress.

361ठीक ṭhīk ṭhīk[adj.] OKहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

463Is this all right?

362नम्बरवन number one number one number oneबनना है bannā hai bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] become[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . . 363अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha !  !  !  !

464You have to become number one.

364डबल double double doubleविदेशी vidēśhī vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] foreigner- - - -डबल double double doubleविदेशी vidēśhī vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] foreignerक्रिसमस Christmas Christmas xमनाने manānē manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.]आये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3], , , , न्यु इयर new year new year[x] New Yearमनाने manānē manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.]आये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

465The double foreigners: Achcha, the double foreigners have come to celebrate Christmas and the New Year.

365तो tō tō thenपहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allडबल double double doubleविदेशियों vidēśhiyō̃ vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] foreignerको kō kō[postp.] toक्रिसमस Christmas Christmas xकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)मुबारक mubārak mubārak[n.f.;sg.] congratulations. . . . 366क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseचारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereसे sē sē[postp.] fromकार्ड card card cardऔर aur aur andपत्र patra patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबहुत bahut bahut veryआये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

466So, first of all, greetings to all double foreigners for Christmas, because many cards and letters have come from all four directions.

367बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaके पास kē pās kē pās[x] toतो tō tō thenपोस्ट post post xके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)पहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)ही hī hī[p.] onlyपहुँच जाते हैं pahũch jātē haĩ pahuñchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] reach[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā]. . . .

467So these reach BapDada even before the post arrives. 468You send it by Air Mail and they reach BapDada via "Air Fly".

368आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youलोग lōg log[n.m.;sg.,d.] peopleएयरमेल ēyaramēl x xसे sē sē[postp.] fromभेजते हो bhējtē hō bhējnā[pres.pl.m.2] x[pres.pl.m.2]ना nā nā ∅और aur aur andबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaके पास kē pās kē pās[x] toएयरफ्लाई ēyaraphlāī x xसे sē sē[postp.] fromपहुँच जाते हैं pahũch jātē haĩ pahuñchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] reach[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā]. . . .

469And the wave of service and self­progress is very good in the foreign lands. 470And the majority have this very good zeal and enthusiasm.

369विदेश vidēśh vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] abroadमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceऔर aur aur andस्व sva sva xपुरूषार्थ purūṣhārth puruṣhārth effortकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)लहर lahar lahar[n.f.;sg.] waveअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaचल रही है chal rahī hai chalnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] continue[pres.sg.f.prog.23]और aur aur andमैजारिटी majority majority majorityसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)अन्दर andar andar insideये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisउमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zealबहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

471Day and night, you have the one concern that the flag of Baba's glorification should be raised everywhere. 472It is the duty of the foreigners to awaken those in Bharat.

370दिन din din[n.m.;sg.,d.] day­ ­ ­ ­रात rāt rāt[n.f.;sg.] nightएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneही hī hī[p.] onlyलगन lagan lagan[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatविश्व viśhva viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] worldमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)प्रत्यक्षता pratyakṣhatā pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] revelationका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofझण्डा jhaṇḍā jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] flagजल्दी jaldī jaldī very quicklyसे sē sē[postp.] fromजल्दी jaldī jaldī very quicklyलहरायें laharāyē̃ laharānā[opt.pl.12hon3] hoist[opt.pl.12hon3]. . . .

473Only when you hoist the flag high will everyone's vision go there. 474BapDada even calls the double foreigners those who perform wonders.

371क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseविदेशियों vidēśhiyō̃ vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] foreignerकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)ड्युटी duty duty dutyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]भारत bhārat bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] Bharatको kō kō[postp.] toजगाना jagānā jagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] awaken[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

475So what wonders have you performed? 476You have performed the wonder of experiencing the distant to be close.

372तो tō tō thenऊंचा ūñchā ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] elevatedझण्डा jhaṇḍā jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] flagलहरायेंगे laharāyēṅgē laharānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] hoist[fut.m.pl.12hon3]तब tab tab for only thenतो tō tō thenसबकी sabkī sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] everyone'sनजर najar nazar[n.f.;sg.] glanceजायेगी jāyēgī jānā[fut.f.sg.23] go[fut.f.sg.23]. . . .

477The more distant the land is, the closer you are to the heart.

373लेकिन lēkin lēkin butबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaडबल double double doubleविदेशियों vidēśhiyō̃ vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] foreignerको kō kō[postp.] toकमाल kamāl kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] xकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

478You have come from all four directions. 479Achcha. 480The group from Russia has especially come.

374तो tō tō thenकौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] who­ ­ ­ ­सी see|sī|C see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C (see|x)कमाल kamāl kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] xकी है kī hai karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

481Those from Russia, raise your hand.

375दूरी dūrī dūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] distanceको kō kō[postp.] toसमीप samīp samīp[adj.] closeअनुभव anubhav anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] experienceकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)कमाल kamāl kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] xकी है kī hai karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] do[pres-perf.sg.f.23]. . . .

482Where has the largest number come from? 483(Australia).

376जितना jitnā jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] the moreदेश dēśh dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] landदूर dūr dūr[adj.] distantहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅, , , , इतना itnā itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartसे sē sē[postp.] fromसमीप samīp samīp[adj.] closeहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

484Those from Australia, raise your hand. 485Even this one goes there, that is enough.

377चारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereसे sē sē[postp.] fromआये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]. . . . 378बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allडबल double double doubleविदेशियों vidēśhiyō̃ vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] foreignerको kō kō[postp.] toविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialविशेषता viśhēṣhtā viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] specialityका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofवरदान vardān vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] blessingदेते हैं dētē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] give[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatसदा sadā sadā constantlyदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartतख्त takht takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] throneनशीन naśhīn naśhīn[adj.] seated. . . .

486Achcha, BapDada gives the double foreigners the special blessings to be constantly seated on the heart­ throne. 487You are in Baba's heart and Baba is in your heart. 488Those from Russia are also performing wonders.

379बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)दिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]और aur aur andआपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]दिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

489You continue to move forward. 490In which aspect are those from Russia especially happy?

380रशिया Russia Russia xवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकमाल kamāl kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] xकर रहे हैं kar rahē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

491For which aspect do you have special happiness? 492Speak.

381आगे āgē āgē previouslyबढ़ते जाते हैं baṛhtē jātē haĩ baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] grow[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā]. . . .

493(That of a meeting.) 494Everyone has this happiness.

382रशिया Russia Russia xवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoको kō kō[postp.] toसबसे sabsē sabsē the mostज्यादा jyādā jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] moreकिस kis kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] (what|who)बात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)विशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialखुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happinessहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

495However, those from Russia have this special blessing. 496(We have found Baba.)

383रशिया Russia Russia xवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoको kō kō[postp.] toविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialखुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happinessइस is yah[pn.sg.o.] thisबात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterकी है kī hai karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] do[pres-perf.sg.f.23]- - - -जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatस्वतन्त्रता svatantratā svatantratā[n.f.;sg.] freedomकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)प्रिय priya priy[adj.] having love forइच्छा ichchhā ichchhā[n.f.;sg.] desireथी thī hōnā[past.f] be[past.f]वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatस्वतन्त्रता svatantratā svatantratā[n.f.;sg.] freedomमिल गई mil gaī milnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] receive[past-part.f..root+jānā]. . . .

497Everyone has found Baba. 498However, those from Russia have the special happiness that the pure desire they had of true independence is now fulfilled.

384समझा samjhā samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ?  ?  ?  ?

499Do you understand?

385देश dēśh dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] landके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)हिसाब hisāb hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] accountसे sē sē[postp.] from, , , , आत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बन्धन bandhan bandhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bondageके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)हिसाब hisāb hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] accountसे sē sē[postp.] fromपरतन्त्र partantr partantr[adj.] dependentबहुत bahut bahut veryरहे rahē rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.])और aur aur andअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowस्वतन्त्र svatantr svatantr[adj.] freeहो गये hō gayē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]. . . . 386स्वतन्त्र svatantr svatantr[adj.] freeहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

500In terms of the world and in terms of the condition of the soul, you were dependent on others for a long time, and you have now become free, have you not?

387तो tō tō thenस्वतन्त्रता svatantratā svatantratā[n.f.;sg.] freedomका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofझण्डा jhaṇḍā jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] flagरशिया Russia Russia xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inलहरा रहा है laharā rahā hai laharānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] hoist[pres.sg.m.prog.23]. . . .

501Now, the flag of independence is being hoisted in Russia.

388शिव śhiv śhiv Shivaबाबा bābā bābā Babaके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)झण्डे jhaṇḍē jhaṇḍā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] flagके साथ kē sāth kē sāth[x] withसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allस्थानों sthānō̃ sthān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] placeपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)स्वतन्त्रता svatantratā svatantratā[n.f.;sg.] freedomका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofझण्डा jhaṇḍā jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] flagभी bhī bhī[p.] tooलहरा रहा है laharā rahā hai laharānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] hoist[pres.sg.m.prog.23]. . . .

502Together with Shiv Baba's flag, there is the flag of independence hoisted everywhere.

389और aur aur andकितने kitnē kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] soखुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyहोते हैं hōtē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

503And you have become so happy.

390सारे sārē sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] the wholeपरतन्त्रता partantratā partantratā[n.f.;sg.] dependencyके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बन्धन bandhan bandhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bondageसे sē sē[postp.] fromमुक्त mukt mukt[adj.] freeहो गये hō gayē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]और aur aur andकितना kitnā kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] soसहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyसर्व sarv sarv[adj.] allप्राप्तियाँ prāptiyā̃ prāpti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] attainmentकर ली kar lī karnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] do[past-part.f..root+lēnā] !  !  !  !

504You have become liberated from all the bondages of being dependent. 505And you have attained all attainments so easily.

391सर्व sarv sarv[adj.] allप्राप्तियाँ prāptiyā̃ prāpti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] attainmentहो गई hō gaī hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] be[past-part.f..root+jānā]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

506You have attained all attainments, have you not?

392 ( ( ( (हाँ जी hā̃ jī hā̃ jī[x] yes) ) ) ) अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , हिम्मत himmat himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] courageभी bhī bhī[p.] tooअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

507Are they fulfilled? 508Say Ha ji. 509It is good. 510You have good courage.

393डबल double double doubleविदेशी vidēśhī vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] foreignerअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownको kō kō[postp.] toचलाने chalānē chalānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[inf.m.pl.,o.]की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)हिम्मत himmat himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] courageऔर aur aur andऔरों aurō̃ aurō̃ othersको kō kō[postp.] toभी bhī bhī[p.] tooचलाने chalānē chalānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[inf.m.pl.,o.]की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)हिम्मत himmat himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] courageअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaरखते हैं rakhtē haĩ rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

511Double foreigners have the courage to move forward themselves and you also have good courage in making others move along.

394और aur aur andहिम्मत himmat himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] courageके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)कारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] becauseही hī hī[p.] onlyविदेश vidēśh vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] abroadमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआगे āgē āgē previouslyबढ़ते हैं baṛhtē haĩ baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] grow[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

512It is because of courage that the foreign lands are moving forward in service.

395तो tō tō thenविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialहिम्मत himmat himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] courageऔर aur aur andमदद madad madad[n.f.;sg.] xदोनों dōnō̃ dōnō̃ xके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)पात्र pātr pātr[n.m.;sg.,d.] worthy of receivingआत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soulहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

513You are souls who are worthy to receive special courage and special help.

396देखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , लन्दन London London xवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoने nē nē[postp.] ∅भी bhī bhī[p.] tooहिम्मत himmat himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] courageकरके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]म्युजियम museum museum museumले लिया lē liyā lēnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] take[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

514Look, those from London also maintained courage and got the museum.

397चाबी chābī chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] keyमिल गई mil gaī milnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] receive[past-part.f..root+jānā]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

515You have got the key, have you not?

398स्वर्ग svarg svarg[n.m.;sg.,d.] heavenकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)चाबी chābī chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] keyके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)पहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)चाबी chābī chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] keyमिल गई mil gaī milnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] receive[past-part.f..root+jānā]. . . .

516Before you receive the key to heaven, you have received the key for service.

399अच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaकमाल kamāl kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] xकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key). . . .

517You have performed good wonders.

400सबकी sabkī sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] everyone'sनजर najar nazar[n.f.;sg.] glanceजाती है jātī hai jānā[pres.sg.f.23] go[pres.sg.f.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatआखिर ākhir ākhir at lastभी bhī bhī[p.] tooये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisराजयोगी rājyōgī rājyōgī[adj.] Raja Yogiहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]क्या kyā kyā what ?  ?  ?  ?

518Everyone's vision is drawn to this ­ "What are these Raja Yogis?

401ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisगुप्त gupta gupt[adj.] incognitoही hī hī[p.] onlyगुप्त gupta gupt[adj.] incognitoक्या kyā kyā whatकर रहे हैं kar rahē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

519What are they doing in an incognito way?"

402ऑस्ट्रेलिया ôsṭrēliyā x xया yā yā orजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatभी bhī bhī[p.] tooभिन्नभिन्नदेशों bhinnabhinnadēśō̃ x xसे sē sē[postp.] fromआये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]तो tō tō thenबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childको kō kō[postp.] toविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialक्रिसमस Christmas Christmas xकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)सौगात saugāt saugāt[n.f.;sg.] giftदे रहे हैं dē rahē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] that‘ ‘ ‘ ‘‘ ‘ ‘ ‘सदा sadā sadā constantlyदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartखुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyमिठाई miṭhāī miṭhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sweetखाते रहो khātē rahō khānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] eat[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā]और aur aur andखिलाते रहो khilātē rahō khilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] feed[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā]. . . .

520All those who have come from Australia and all the other places, BapDada is giving all children a special gift for Christmas. 521May you constantly continue to eat the Dilkhush (happy heart) toli and feed it to others also.

403’ ’ ’ ’’ ’ ’ ’स्वर्ग की बादशाही svarg kī bādśhāhī svarg kī bādśhāhī[x] xकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)सौगात saugāt saugāt[n.f.;sg.] giftतो tō tō thenसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allको kō kō[postp.] toमिली milī milnā[past-part.f.] receive[past-part.f.]हुई है huī hai hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

522All of you have received the gift of the kingdom of heaven, have you not?

404सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)हाथ hāth hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] handमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inनई naī nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] newदुनिया duniyā duniyā[n.f.;sg.] world, , , , स्वर्ग svarg svarg[n.m.;sg.,d.] heavenका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofगोला gōlā gōlā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] cycleहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

523All of you have the globe of the new world, of heaven, in your hands, do you not?

405पत्र patra patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] xऔर aur aur andकार्ड card card cardभेजने bhējnē bhējnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[inf.m.pl.,o.]में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inफास्ट fast fast fastगति gati gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] speedवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

524You are those who have a fast speed in terms of writing letters and cards.

406बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaसमझते हैं samajhtē haĩ samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownयाद yād yād[n.f.;sg.] remembranceका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसबूत sabūt sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] xवा vā vā orनिशानी niśhānī niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] signभेजने bhējnē bhējnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[inf.m.pl.,o.]में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहोशियार hōśhiyār hōśhiyār[adj.] cleverहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

525BapDada feels that you are clever in giving a sign or proof of your remembrance. 526Are you all right? 527You are those who live in pleasure, are you not?

407ठीक ṭhīk ṭhīk[adj.] OKहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ? 408मौज mauj mauj[n.f.;sg.] pleasureमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरहने rahnē rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

528(Some foreigners were listening to the murli whilst on the floor with the FM radio).

409सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allस्थान sthān sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] placeके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)सिकीलधे sikīladhē sikīladhē[x] beloved, long-lost and now-found, , , , लाडले lāḍlē lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xआत्माओं ātmāō̃ ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] soulको kō kō[postp.] toविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaसम्मुख sammukh sammukh in front of youदेख रहे हैं dēkh rahē haĩ dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]और aur aur andसदा sadā sadā constantlyसमीप samīp samīp[adj.] closeरहने rahnē rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.pl.,o.]की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)विशेषता viśhēṣhtā viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] specialityसे sē sē[postp.] fromआगे āgē āgē previouslyबढ़ते रहेंगे baṛhtē rahē̃gē baṛhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] grow[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā]. . . .

529Achcha, all those sitting at the front are sitting with their own equipment, are they not? 530It is good. 531This is also a sign of cleverness. 532In the same way, you are also close to the heart.

410समझा samjhā samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ?  ?  ?  ?

533Achcha.

411अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha !  !  !  !

534This is an international group.

412चारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)सर्व sarv sarv[adj.] allब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminसो sō sōnā[root]|sō (sleep[root]|x)फरिश्ता phariśhtā phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] angel, , , , फरिश्ता phariśhtā phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] angelसो sō sōnā[root]|sō (sleep[root]|x)देवता dēvtā dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] deity, , , , तीनों tīnō̃ tīnō̃[adj.] all threeस्वरूप svarūp svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] formके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)स्मृति स्वरूप smr̥iti svarūp smr̥iti svarūp[x] xआत्माओं ātmāō̃ ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] soulको kō kō[postp.] to, , , , सदा sadā sadā constantlyएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneशब्द śhabda śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] word‘ ‘ ‘ ‘करनकरावनहार karankarāvanhār karankarāvanhār Karankaravanhar’ ’ ’ ’की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)स्मृति smr̥iti smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] awarenessसे sē sē[postp.] fromस्वयं svayã svayã xको kō kō[postp.] toडबल लाइट double light double light[x] double-lightबनाने banānē banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] create[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedआत्माओं ātmāō̃ ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] soulको kō kō[postp.] to, , , , सदा sadā sadā constantlyदेवता dēvtā dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] deityअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isदाता dātā dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bestowerबन ban ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] (x|become[root])देने dēnē dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] give[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those who, , , , सर्व sarv sarv[adj.] allखज़ानों khazānō̃ khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] treasureसे sē sē[postp.] fromसम्पन्न sampann sampann[adj.] fullआत्माओं ātmāō̃ ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] soulको kō kō[postp.] to, , , , सदा sadā sadā constantlyवरदानों vardānō̃ vardān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] blessingको kō kō[postp.] toकर्म karma karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] deedमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inलाने lānē lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoकर्मयोगी karmayōgī karmyōgī[adj.] karma yogiआत्माओं ātmāō̃ ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] soulको kō kō[postp.] toबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofयाद yād yād[n.f.;sg.] remembrance­ ­ ­ ­प्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveऔर aur aur andक्रिसमस Christmas Christmas xकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)मुबारक mubārak mubārak[n.f.;sg.] congratulationsऔर aur aur andनमस्ते namastē namastē x. . . . 413 ( ( ( (सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allदादियाँ dādiyā̃ dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] Dadiबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)सम्मुख sammukh sammukh in front of youस्टेज stage stage stageपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)खड़ी khaṛī khaṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] standingहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]) ) ) )

535To all the long­lost and now­foundbeloved souls, from all places, BapDada is especially seeing you personally in front of Him and you will constantly continue to move forward with the speciality of remaining personally in front of Baba. 536Do you understand? 537To all the Brahmins who are to become angels and the angels who are to become the deities, to the souls who are the embodiment of remembrance of all three forms; to the elevated souls who make themselves double­light with the awareness of the one word "Karankaravanhar"; to those who constantly give as the deities, the bestowers; to the souls who are complete with all treasures; to the karma yogi souls who put all the blessings into practical action, BapDada's love, remembrances, Christmas greetings and namaste.

414दादी dādī dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Dadiजानकी jānkī jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xसे sē sē[postp.] from- - - -अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]उड़ने uṛnē uṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] fly[inf.m.pl.,o.]में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहोशियार hōśhiyār hōśhiyār[adj.] cleverहो गई है hō gaī hai hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā]. . . .

538Speaking to Dadi Janki: It is good. 539You have become clever in flying.

415जीवन jīvan jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lifeदान dān dān[n.m.;sg.,d.] donationमिला है milā hai milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . . 416और aur aur andजितनी jitnī jitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] the moreसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकरते kartē karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]जाते jātē jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]तो tō tō thenजीवन jīvan jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lifeकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)तन्दुरूस्ती tandurūstī tandarustī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] healthऔर aur aur andबढ़ती जाती है baṛhtī jātī hai baṛhnā[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] grow[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā]. . . . 417क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseसबकी sabkī sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] everyone'sदुआएं duāē̃ duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] blessingतन्दुरूस्त tandurūsta tandarūst[adj.] xबना देती हैं banā dētī haĩ banānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+dēnā] create[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+dēnā]. . . .

540You have received the donation of life and the more service you do, the more your health improves, because everyone's blessings make you healthy.

418बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)तो tō tō thenमदद madad madad[n.f.;sg.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ही hī hī[p.] onlyलेकिन lēkin lēkin butदुआयें duāyē̃ duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] blessingजवान javān javān[adj.] youngबना रही हैं banā rahī haĩ banānā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] create[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3]. . . .

541You have the Father's help anyway, but the blessings are making you younger.

419जब jab jab whenकिसको kiskō kaun[pn.sg.kō] who[.kō]दुआयें duāyē̃ duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] blessingमिलती हैं miltī haĩ milnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] receive[pres.pl.f.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅, , , , या yā yā orकोई भी kōī bhī kōī bhī[x] anyoneखुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happiness, , , , शान्ति śhānti śhānti peaceकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)प्राप्ति prāpti prāpti[n.f.;sg.] attainmentहोती है hōtī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] be[pres.sg.f.23]तो tō tō thenमुख mukh mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mouthसे sē sē[postp.] from, , , , दिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartसे sē sē[postp.] fromयही yahī yahī[pn.;d.] thisदुआयें duāyē̃ duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] blessingहोती हैं hōtī haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] be[pres.pl.f.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatहमारी hamārī ham[pn.pl.kī] we[.kī]आयु āyu āyu[n.f.;sg.] xआपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]लग जाये lag jāyē lagnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] x[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]. . . .

542It is good. 543Dadi Chandermani:This one has also been on a tour. 544Your name has become fixed amongst those who are the rulers of the globe. 545It is good.

420कार्ड card card cardमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooक्या kyā kyā whatभेजते हैं bhējtē haĩ bhējnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatहमारी hamārī ham[pn.pl.kī] we[.kī]आयु āyu āyu[n.f.;sg.] xआपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]मिल जाये mil jāyē milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] receive[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]. . . .

546Your service is revealing the future. 547It is doing this, is it not?

421तो tō tō thenआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneचक्र chakra chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.]|chakra[n.m.;sg.,d.] (cycle|x)में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहजारों hajārō̃ hazār[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] 1000की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकरते हो kartē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] do[pres.pl.m.2]तो tō tō thenयही yahī yahī[pn.;d.] thisजार jār x xगुणा guṇā guṇā foldदुआयें duāyē̃ duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] blessingमिल जाती हैं mil jātī haĩ milnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] receive[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā]. . . .

548Baba would not mention any names, that this one is this, but service itself is revealing this. 549How many rulers of the globe have been prepared?

422अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allअपनी apnī apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] one’s own­ ­ ­ ­अपनी apnī apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] one’s ownसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaकरते रहते हो kartē rahtē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] do[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā]. . . . 423सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofदादियों dādiyō̃ dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] Dadiमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inशुभ śhubh śhubh[adj.] pure and positiveमोह mōh mōh[n.f.;sg.] attachmentहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

550Many souls become content in the one tour, and so that tour was filled with the blessing of being a ruler of the globe.

424साधारण sādhāraṇ sādhāraṇ[adj.] ordinaryमोह mōh mōh[n.f.;sg.] attachmentतो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

551So how many souls become content? 552Many.

425दुःख duḥkh duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] (sorrow|hurt[root])देने dēnē dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] give[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाला vālā vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] those whoमोह mōh mōh[n.f.;sg.] attachmentनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not, , , , सुख sukh sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] happinessदेने dēnē dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] give[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाला vālā vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] those who. . . .

553The more your life increases, the more you have to tour around.

426लेकिन lēkin lēkin butजितना jitnā jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] the moreमोह mōh mōh[n.f.;sg.] attachment, , , , उतने utnē utnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xही hī hī[p.] onlyनिर्मोही nirmōhī nirmōhī[adj.] x. . . . 427न्यारे nyārē nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uniqueभी bhī bhī[p.] tooऔर aur aur andप्यारे pyārē pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lovingभी bhī bhī[p.] too. . . . 428ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ? 429कि ki ki[conj.] thatसिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyप्यारे pyārē pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lovingहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , न्यारे nyārē nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uniqueनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not ?  ?  ?  ?

554Dadi Janki (again): When someone receives blessings, or when anyone has the attainment of happiness and peace, the blessings that emerge from their lips is that they give you their life.

430न्यारे nyārē nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uniqueऔर aur aur andप्यारे pyārē pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lovingदोनों dōnō̃ dōnō̃ xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofबैलेन्स balance balance balanceरखने rakhnē rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] keep[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those who. . . .

555What do they send in the cards? 556That they are giving you their life.

431ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisभी bhī bhī[p.] tooड्रामा drama drama dramaमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआदि ādi ādi[adj.] etc.से sē sē[postp.] fromविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialआत्माओं ātmāō̃ ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] soulका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofनिमित्त nimitt nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] instrumentबनने bannē bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] become[inf.m.pl.,o.]का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofपार्ट part part[n.m.;sg.,d.] partहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

557You serve thousands in one tour and so you receive blessings a thousand­fold. 558It is good.

432पालना pālnā pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.])ली lī lēnā[past-part.f.] take[past-part.f.]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooबहुत bahut bahut veryहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , जितनी jitnī jitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] the moreआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youलोगों lōgō̃ log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] peopleने nē nē[postp.] ∅पालना pālnā pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.])ली है lī hai lēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] take[pres-perf.sg.f.23]डायरेक्ट direct direct directबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key), , , , उतनी utnī utnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] xइन्होंने inhōnnē yah[pn.pl.nē] this[.nē]तो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notली है lī hai lēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] take[pres-perf.sg.f.23]. . . .

559All of you are continuing to do your own service very well. 560All of you have pure attachment to the Dadis, do you not? 561You do not have ordinary attachment, do you?

433तो tō tō thenजितनी jitnī jitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] the moreपालना pālnā pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.])ली है lī hai lēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] take[pres-perf.sg.f.23]उतनी utnī utnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] xपालना pālnā pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.])करने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofपार्ट part part[n.m.;sg.,d.] partभी bhī bhī[p.] tooमिला है milā hai milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

562You do not have the attachment that gives sorrow, but attachment that gives happiness.

434तो tō tō thenसब sab sab[adj.] allखुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

563Do you have a lot of this?

435हजार hajār hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] 1000साल sāl sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] yearसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)आयु āyu āyu[n.f.;sg.] xबन जाये ban jāyē bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] !  !  !  ! 436हजार hajār hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] 1000साल sāl sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] year !  !  !  !

564The more attachment you have, the more free from attachment you are.

437घर ghar ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] homeनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notजाना है jānā hai jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1]) ?  ?  ?  ?

565You are loving and detached.

438पुरानी purānī purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] oldदुनिया duniyā duniyā[n.f.;sg.] worldमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inही hī hī[p.] onlyरहना है rahnā hai rahnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] remain[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?  ?  ?  ?

566You are like this, are you not?

439अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisम्युजियम museum museum museumभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकमाल kamāl kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] xकरेगा karēgā karnā[fut.m.sg.23] do[fut.m.sg.23]. . . .

567Or, are you just loving and not detached.

440ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]दृढ़ता dr̥iṛhtā dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] determinationका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofप्रत्यक्ष स्वरूप pratyakṣha svarūp pratyakṣha svarūp[x] x. . . .

568You are those who keep the balance of being both loving and detached.

441तो tō tō thenदृढ़ता dr̥iṛhtā dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] determinationसफलता saphaltā saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] successके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)लिये liyē lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]असम्भव asambhav asambhav[adj.] impossibleसे sē sē[postp.] fromभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसम्भव sambhav sambhav[adj.] xकरा देती है karā dētī hai karānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] make commit[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā]. . . .

569It is also a part of the souls of the beginning to be special instruments.

442हिम्मत himmat himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] courageवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

570You have taken a lot of sustenance.

443तो tō tō thenसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialनिमित्त nimitt nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] instrumentबने हैं banē haĩ bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]उन्हों unhō̃ vah[pn.pl.o.] thatको kō kō[postp.] toविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialयाद yād yād[n.f.;sg.] remembranceप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] love. . . .

571These people have not had the direct sustenance from Baba that you received.

444यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaसाधन sādhan sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] facilitiesहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , कोई न कोई kōī na kōī kōī na kōī[x] one .. or anotherनिमित्त nimitt nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] instrumentबन ban ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] (x|become[root])अपना apnā apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] (adopt[root]|one’s own)भाग्य bhāgya bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xबनाते हैं banātē haĩ banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] create[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

572So, you have also received the part of sustaining others to the same extent that you have taken sustenance.

445देने dēnē dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] give[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoपहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)ही hī hī[p.] onlyड्रामा drama drama dramaमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inनूँधे nū̃dhē x xहुए हैं huē haĩ hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]. . . . 446अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . .

573May everyone's life become as long as a thousand years.

447चन्द्रमणि chandramaṇi chandramaṇi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Chandermaniदादी dādī dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Dadiसे sē sē[postp.] from- - - -ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisभी bhī bhī[p.] tooचक्र chakra chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.]|chakra[n.m.;sg.,d.] (cycle|x)लगाकर lagākar lagānā[abs.] attach[abs.]आई eye|āī|I eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x). . . .

574A thousand years. 575Do you not wish to go back home?

448चक्रवर्ता cakravartā x xराजा rājā rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inनाम nām nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nameपक्का pakkā pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] firmहो गया hō gayā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

576Do you just wish to remain in the old world? 577It is good.

449अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceभविष्य bhaviṣhya bhaviṣhya[adj.] futureको kō kō[postp.] toप्रत्यक्ष pratyakṣha pratyakṣh[adj.] visibleकर रही है kar rahī hai karnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] do[pres.sg.f.prog.23]. . . .

578This museum will also work wonders. 579This is the practical form of determination.

450नाम nām nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nameतो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notलेंगे lē̃gē lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] take[fut.m.pl.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅कि ki ki[conj.] thatये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceस्वयं svayã svayã xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inप्रत्यक्ष pratyakṣha pratyakṣh[adj.] visibleकर रही है kar rahī hai karnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] do[pres.sg.f.prog.23]. . . .

580Determination changes even the impossible to possible and makes you attain success.

451कितने kitnē kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] soचक्रवर्ता cakravartā x xराजा rājā rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingतैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xहो रहे हैं hō rahē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

581It is good. 582You have courage.

452एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneचक्र chakra chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.]|chakra[n.m.;sg.,d.] (cycle|x)में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inअनेक anēk anēk[adj.] manyआत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soulसन्तुष्ट santuṣhṭ santuṣhṭ[adj.] contentहो जाती हैं hō jātī haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] be[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā]तो tō tō thenउस us vah[pn.sg.o.] thatचक्र chakra chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.]|chakra[n.m.;sg.,d.] (cycle|x)में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inचक्रवर्ता cakravartā x xराजा rājā rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofवरदान vardān vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] blessingहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

583So, give special love and remembrances to all those who have become special instruments. 584It is a good means of service.

453कितनी kitnī kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] soआत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soulसन्तुष्ट santuṣhṭ santuṣhṭ[adj.] contentहोती हैं hōtī haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] be[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

585One or another becomes an instrument and creates his fortune.

454बहुत bahut bahut veryहोती हैं hōtī haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] be[pres.pl.f.12hon3]. . . . 455जितनी jitnī jitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] the moreआयु āyu āyu[n.f.;sg.] xबढ़ती जाती है baṛhtī jātī hai baṛhnā[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] grow[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā]उतने utnē utnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xज्यादा jyādā jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] moreचक्र लगाते हैं chakra lagātē haĩ chakra lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] be around the cycle. . . .

586Those who are to give are already fixed in the drama. 587Achcha. 588Speaking to Dadiji Is everything all right?

456दादी dādī dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Dadiजी jī jīnā[past-part.f.]|jīnā[root]|jī[x] (live[past-part.f.]|live[root]|ji)- - - -अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowमेले mēlē mēlā[x] fairका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसोच रही है sōch rahī hai sōchnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] think[pres.sg.f.prog.23]. . . .

589Are you now thinking about the mela?

457दिल्ली dillī dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Delhiऔर aur aur andबाम्बे bāmbē bāmbē Bombayके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooबैठे हैं baiṭhē haĩ baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

590Those from Delhi and Bombay are also sitting here.

458कमाल kamāl kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] xकरके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyदिखायेंगे dikhāyēṅgē dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

591You will definitely show wonders.

459दिल्ली dillī dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Delhiऔर aur aur andबाम्बे bāmbē bāmbē Bombayनिमित्त nimitt nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] instrumentहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]ही hī hī[p.] only. . . .

592Delhi and Bombay are instruments anyway.

460स्थापना sthāpanā sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] establishmentके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooनिमित्त nimitt nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] instrumentहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenप्रत्यक्षता pratyakṣhatā pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] revelationके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooनिमित्त nimitt nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] instrumentहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

593They are instruments for the establishment and also for the revelation.

461ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchही hī hī[p.] onlyविदेश vidēśh vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] abroadमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inलन्दन London London x, , , , स्थापना sthāpanā sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] establishmentके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooनिमित्त nimitt nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] instrumentहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]और aur aur andप्रत्यक्ष pratyakṣha pratyakṣh[adj.] visibleकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooनिमित्त nimitt nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] instrumentहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . . 462अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . .

594In the same way, in foreign lands, London is instrumental for the establishment and the revelation. 595Achcha. 596* * * O MS H A N T I * * *

Abbreviations used